1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2009, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 with Atree
; use Atree
;
27 with Checks
; use Checks
;
28 with Debug
; use Debug
;
29 with Einfo
; use Einfo
;
30 with Elists
; use Elists
;
31 with Errout
; use Errout
;
32 with Exp_Aggr
; use Exp_Aggr
;
33 with Exp_Atag
; use Exp_Atag
;
34 with Exp_Ch3
; use Exp_Ch3
;
35 with Exp_Ch6
; use Exp_Ch6
;
36 with Exp_Ch7
; use Exp_Ch7
;
37 with Exp_Ch9
; use Exp_Ch9
;
38 with Exp_Disp
; use Exp_Disp
;
39 with Exp_Fixd
; use Exp_Fixd
;
40 with Exp_Pakd
; use Exp_Pakd
;
41 with Exp_Tss
; use Exp_Tss
;
42 with Exp_Util
; use Exp_Util
;
43 with Exp_VFpt
; use Exp_VFpt
;
44 with Freeze
; use Freeze
;
45 with Inline
; use Inline
;
46 with Namet
; use Namet
;
47 with Nlists
; use Nlists
;
48 with Nmake
; use Nmake
;
50 with Restrict
; use Restrict
;
51 with Rident
; use Rident
;
52 with Rtsfind
; use Rtsfind
;
54 with Sem_Aux
; use Sem_Aux
;
55 with Sem_Cat
; use Sem_Cat
;
56 with Sem_Ch3
; use Sem_Ch3
;
57 with Sem_Ch8
; use Sem_Ch8
;
58 with Sem_Ch13
; use Sem_Ch13
;
59 with Sem_Eval
; use Sem_Eval
;
60 with Sem_Res
; use Sem_Res
;
61 with Sem_SCIL
; use Sem_SCIL
;
62 with Sem_Type
; use Sem_Type
;
63 with Sem_Util
; use Sem_Util
;
64 with Sem_Warn
; use Sem_Warn
;
65 with Sinfo
; use Sinfo
;
66 with Snames
; use Snames
;
67 with Stand
; use Stand
;
68 with Targparm
; use Targparm
;
69 with Tbuild
; use Tbuild
;
70 with Ttypes
; use Ttypes
;
71 with Uintp
; use Uintp
;
72 with Urealp
; use Urealp
;
73 with Validsw
; use Validsw
;
75 package body Exp_Ch4
is
77 -----------------------
78 -- Local Subprograms --
79 -----------------------
81 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
);
82 pragma Inline
(Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
);
83 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
85 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
89 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
90 -- corresponding library procedure.
92 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
: Node_Id
);
93 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
94 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
95 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
96 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
98 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
);
99 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
100 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
102 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
);
103 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
104 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
105 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
106 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
109 function Expand_Array_Equality
114 Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
;
115 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
116 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
117 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
118 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
119 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
120 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
121 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
122 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
123 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
124 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
126 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
: Node_Id
);
127 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
128 -- case of array type arguments.
130 function Expand_Composite_Equality
135 Bodies
: List_Id
) return Node_Id
;
136 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
137 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
138 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
139 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
140 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
141 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
142 -- the arrays to compare.
144 procedure Expand_Concatenate
(Cnode
: Node_Id
; Opnds
: List_Id
);
145 -- Routine to expand concatenation of a sequence of two or more operands
146 -- (in the list Operands) and replace node Cnode with the result of the
147 -- concatenation. The operands can be of any appropriate type, and can
148 -- include both arrays and singleton elements.
150 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
: Node_Id
);
151 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
152 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
153 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
154 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
156 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
159 PtrT
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
;
160 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
161 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
162 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
164 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
165 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
166 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
167 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
168 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
171 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
172 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
173 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
175 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action
(N
: Node_Id
);
176 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
177 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
178 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
180 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
182 Nod
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
183 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
184 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
185 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
186 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
187 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
189 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
191 N
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
192 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
193 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
194 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
195 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
196 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
197 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
198 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
200 procedure Rewrite_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
);
201 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
202 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
203 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
204 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
205 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
206 -- call has no effect.
208 procedure Tagged_Membership
210 SCIL_Node
: out Node_Id
;
211 Result
: out Node_Id
);
212 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
213 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
215 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
218 Op2
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
219 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
220 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
222 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
);
223 pragma Inline
(Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
);
224 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
226 -------------------------------
227 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
228 -------------------------------
230 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
) is
232 if Validity_Checks_On
and Validity_Check_Operands
then
233 Ensure_Valid
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
234 Ensure_Valid
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
236 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
;
238 ------------------------------------
239 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
240 ------------------------------------
242 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
247 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
248 Kind
: constant Node_Kind
:= Nkind
(Expression
(N
));
249 Target
: constant Node_Id
:=
250 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
252 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
);
254 Arg1
: constant Node_Id
:= Op1
;
255 Arg2
: Node_Id
:= Op2
;
257 Proc_Name
: Entity_Id
;
260 if Kind
= N_Op_Not
then
261 if Nkind
(Op1
) in N_Binary_Op
then
263 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
265 if Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_And
then
266 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nand
);
268 elsif Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Or
then
269 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nor
);
271 else pragma Assert
(Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Xor
);
272 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Xor
);
276 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
277 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Proc_Name
, Loc
),
279 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
281 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
282 Prefix
=> Left_Opnd
(Op1
),
283 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
285 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
286 Prefix
=> Right_Opnd
(Op1
),
287 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
289 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
290 Prefix
=> Left_Opnd
(Op1
),
291 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
294 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Not
);
297 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
298 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Proc_Name
, Loc
),
299 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
302 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
304 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
306 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
308 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
312 -- We use the following equivalences:
314 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
315 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
316 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
317 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
319 if Nkind
(Op1
) = N_Op_Not
then
320 if Kind
= N_Op_And
then
321 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nor
);
323 elsif Kind
= N_Op_Or
then
324 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nand
);
327 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Xor
);
331 if Kind
= N_Op_And
then
332 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_And
);
334 elsif Kind
= N_Op_Or
then
335 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Or
);
337 elsif Nkind
(Op2
) = N_Op_Not
then
338 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Nxor
);
339 Arg2
:= Right_Opnd
(Op2
);
342 Proc_Name
:= RTE
(RE_Vector_Xor
);
347 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
348 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Proc_Name
, Loc
),
349 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
351 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
353 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
354 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
356 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
357 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
359 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
362 Rewrite
(N
, Call_Node
);
366 when RE_Not_Available
=>
368 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
;
370 --------------------------------
371 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
372 --------------------------------
374 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
: Node_Id
) is
375 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
376 Orig_Node
: constant Node_Id
:= Original_Node
(N
);
382 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
383 -- interfaces directly.
385 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion
then
389 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(N
) = N_Identifier
390 and then Nkind
(Orig_Node
) = N_Allocator
);
392 PtrT
:= Etype
(Orig_Node
);
393 Dtyp
:= Available_View
(Designated_Type
(PtrT
));
394 Etyp
:= Etype
(Expression
(Orig_Node
));
396 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Dtyp
)
397 and then Is_Interface
(Dtyp
)
399 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
400 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
401 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
403 if not Is_Interface
(Etyp
) then
405 Saved_Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Orig_Node
);
408 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
411 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
416 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
417 -- the secondary dispatch table.
419 Rewrite
(N
, Convert_To
(Dtyp
, Relocate_Node
(N
)));
420 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Dtyp
);
422 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
423 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
426 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
427 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(N
),
428 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Access
));
429 Set_Etype
(N
, Saved_Typ
);
433 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
434 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
435 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
436 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
437 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
438 -- following example:
440 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
442 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
447 Unchecked_Convert_To
(PtrT
,
448 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
449 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RE_Displace
), Loc
),
450 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
451 Unchecked_Convert_To
(RTE
(RE_Address
),
457 (Access_Disp_Table
(Etype
(Base_Type
(Dtyp
))))),
459 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
462 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer
;
464 ---------------------------------
465 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
466 ---------------------------------
468 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
469 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
470 Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(Expression
(N
));
471 PtrT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
472 DesigT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Designated_Type
(PtrT
);
474 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
476 Built_In_Place
: Boolean := False);
477 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
478 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
479 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
480 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
481 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
482 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
483 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
484 -- than the access type.
486 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
487 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
488 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
489 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
490 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
491 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
493 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
494 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
495 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
496 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
497 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
498 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
499 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
500 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
501 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
503 -------------------------------
504 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
505 -------------------------------
507 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
509 Built_In_Place
: Boolean := False)
514 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
515 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
517 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
518 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
519 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type
(DesigT
)
520 and then not Scope_Suppress
(Accessibility_Check
)
522 (Type_Access_Level
(Etype
(Exp
)) > Type_Access_Level
(PtrT
)
524 (Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Etype
(Exp
))
525 and then Scope
(PtrT
) /= Current_Scope
))
527 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
528 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
529 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
530 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
531 -- address of the allocated object.
533 if Built_In_Place
then
534 Ref_Node
:= New_Copy
(Ref
);
536 Ref_Node
:= New_Reference_To
(Ref
, Loc
);
540 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
544 Build_Get_Access_Level
(Loc
,
545 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
547 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Tag
)),
549 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
550 Type_Access_Level
(PtrT
))),
551 Reason
=> PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed
));
553 end Apply_Accessibility_Check
;
557 Indic
: constant Node_Id
:= Subtype_Mark
(Expression
(N
));
558 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(Indic
);
563 TagT
: Entity_Id
:= Empty
;
564 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
566 TagR
: Node_Id
:= Empty
;
567 -- Target reference for tag assignment
569 Aggr_In_Place
: constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate
(Exp
);
571 Tag_Assign
: Node_Id
;
574 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
577 if Is_Tagged_Type
(T
) or else Needs_Finalization
(T
) then
579 if Is_CPP_Constructor_Call
(Exp
) then
582 -- Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn
584 -- Allocate the object with no expression
586 Node
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
587 Set_Expression
(Node
, New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
));
589 -- Avoid its expansion to avoid generating a call to the default
594 Temp
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('P'));
597 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
598 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
599 Constant_Present
=> True,
600 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
601 Expression
=> Node
));
603 Apply_Accessibility_Check
(Temp
);
605 -- Locate the enclosing list and insert the C++ constructor call
612 while not Is_List_Member
(P
) loop
616 Insert_List_After_And_Analyze
(P
,
617 Build_Initialization_Call
(Loc
,
619 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
620 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
)),
622 Constructor_Ref
=> Exp
));
625 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
626 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
630 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
631 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
632 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
633 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
634 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
635 -- as build-in-place.
637 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
638 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(Exp
)
640 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator
(N
, Exp
);
641 Apply_Accessibility_Check
(N
, Built_In_Place
=> True);
645 -- Actions inserted before:
646 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
647 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
648 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
649 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
651 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
652 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
654 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
655 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
656 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
657 -- substituted for the allocator.
659 if not Aggr_In_Place
then
660 Remove_Side_Effects
(Exp
);
664 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('P'));
666 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
668 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
669 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
670 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
672 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(T
) then
673 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr
(Empty
, T
, Indic
, Exp
);
675 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
676 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
677 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
679 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
680 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
682 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Etype
(Exp
))
683 and then Is_Interface
(Etype
(Exp
))
684 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
688 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Entity
(Indic
),
689 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
690 Unchecked_Convert_To
(RTE
(RE_Tag_Ptr
),
691 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
693 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
)))));
698 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Entity
(Indic
), Exp
));
701 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Expression
(N
), Entity
(Indic
));
704 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
706 if not Is_Interface
(Directly_Designated_Type
(PtrT
)) then
707 if Aggr_In_Place
then
709 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
710 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
711 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
714 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
716 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
717 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
718 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling of
719 -- restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
721 Set_Comes_From_Source
722 (Expression
(Tmp_Node
), Comes_From_Source
(N
));
724 Set_No_Initialization
(Expression
(Tmp_Node
));
725 Insert_Action
(N
, Tmp_Node
);
727 if Needs_Finalization
(T
)
728 and then Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
730 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
732 Flist
:= Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
735 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator
(N
, Tmp_Node
, Exp
);
738 Node
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
741 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
742 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
743 Constant_Present
=> True,
744 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
745 Expression
=> Node
));
748 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
749 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
750 -- expression to allocate the object.
754 Def_Id
: constant Entity_Id
:=
755 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
756 New_Internal_Name
('T'));
761 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
762 Defining_Identifier
=> Def_Id
,
764 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
766 Null_Exclusion_Present
=> False,
767 Constant_Present
=> False,
768 Subtype_Indication
=>
769 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
771 Insert_Action
(N
, New_Decl
);
773 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
774 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
776 if Needs_Finalization
(Directly_Designated_Type
(PtrT
)) then
777 Set_Associated_Final_Chain
(Def_Id
,
778 Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
));
781 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
783 if Aggr_In_Place
then
785 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
786 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
787 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Def_Id
, Loc
),
790 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
792 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
793 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
794 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling
795 -- of restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
797 Set_Comes_From_Source
798 (Expression
(Tmp_Node
), Comes_From_Source
(N
));
800 Set_No_Initialization
(Expression
(Tmp_Node
));
801 Insert_Action
(N
, Tmp_Node
);
803 if Needs_Finalization
(T
)
804 and then Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
806 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
809 Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
812 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator
(N
, Tmp_Node
, Exp
);
814 Node
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
817 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
818 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
819 Constant_Present
=> True,
820 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Def_Id
, Loc
),
821 Expression
=> Node
));
824 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
825 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
826 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
827 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
828 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
829 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
832 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
833 Defining_Identifier
=> Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
834 New_Internal_Name
('P')),
835 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
836 Expression
=> Unchecked_Convert_To
(PtrT
,
837 New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
)));
839 Insert_Action
(N
, New_Decl
);
841 Tmp_Node
:= New_Decl
;
842 Temp
:= Defining_Identifier
(New_Decl
);
846 Apply_Accessibility_Check
(Temp
);
848 -- Generate the tag assignment
850 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
851 -- represented implicitly in objects.
853 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion
then
856 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
857 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
859 elsif Is_Interface
(Directly_Designated_Type
(Etype
(N
))) then
860 pragma Assert
(Is_Class_Wide_Type
861 (Directly_Designated_Type
(Etype
(N
))));
864 elsif Is_Tagged_Type
(T
) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(T
) then
866 TagR
:= New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
);
868 elsif Is_Private_Type
(T
)
869 and then Is_Tagged_Type
(Underlying_Type
(T
))
871 TagT
:= Underlying_Type
(T
);
873 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Underlying_Type
(T
),
874 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
875 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
)));
878 if Present
(TagT
) then
880 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
882 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
885 New_Reference_To
(First_Tag_Component
(TagT
), Loc
)),
888 Unchecked_Convert_To
(RTE
(RE_Tag
),
890 (Elists
.Node
(First_Elmt
(Access_Disp_Table
(TagT
))),
893 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
895 Set_Assignment_OK
(Name
(Tag_Assign
));
896 Insert_Action
(N
, Tag_Assign
);
899 if Needs_Finalization
(DesigT
)
900 and then Needs_Finalization
(T
)
904 Apool
: constant Entity_Id
:=
905 Associated_Storage_Pool
(PtrT
);
908 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
909 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
910 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
911 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
913 if Is_RTE
(Apool
, RE_SS_Pool
) then
915 F
: constant Entity_Id
:=
916 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
917 New_Internal_Name
('F'));
920 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
921 Defining_Identifier
=> F
,
922 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
923 (RE_Finalizable_Ptr
), Loc
)));
925 Flist
:= New_Reference_To
(F
, Loc
);
926 Attach
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1);
929 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
932 if Needs_Finalization
(T
)
933 and then Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
935 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
938 Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
940 Flist
:= Find_Final_List
(PtrT
);
943 Attach
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 2);
946 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
947 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
948 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
949 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
950 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
951 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
952 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
956 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type
(T
)
962 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
963 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
964 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
966 Unchecked_Convert_To
(T
,
967 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
968 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
))),
972 With_Attach
=> Attach
,
978 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
979 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
981 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
982 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
985 if Is_Interface
(Directly_Designated_Type
(PtrT
)) then
986 Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
);
989 elsif Aggr_In_Place
then
991 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('P'));
993 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
994 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
995 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(PtrT
, Loc
),
996 Expression
=> Make_Allocator
(Loc
,
997 New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Exp
), Loc
)));
999 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just built,
1000 -- since logically this allocator is a replacement of the original
1001 -- allocator node. This is for proper handling of restriction
1002 -- No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
1004 Set_Comes_From_Source
1005 (Expression
(Tmp_Node
), Comes_From_Source
(N
));
1007 Set_No_Initialization
(Expression
(Tmp_Node
));
1008 Insert_Action
(N
, Tmp_Node
);
1009 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator
(N
, Tmp_Node
, Exp
);
1010 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
1011 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
1013 elsif Is_Access_Type
(T
)
1014 and then Can_Never_Be_Null
(T
)
1016 Install_Null_Excluding_Check
(Exp
);
1018 elsif Is_Access_Type
(DesigT
)
1019 and then Nkind
(Exp
) = N_Allocator
1020 and then Nkind
(Expression
(Exp
)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
1022 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
1024 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Expression
(Exp
),
1025 Designated_Type
(DesigT
),
1026 No_Sliding
=> True);
1028 if Nkind
(Expression
(Exp
)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error
then
1030 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
1032 Rewrite
(Exp
, New_Copy
(Expression
(Exp
)));
1036 -- type A is access T1;
1037 -- X : A := new T2'(...);
1038 -- T1 and T2 can be different subtypes, and we might need to check
1039 -- both constraints. First check against the type of the qualified
1042 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Exp
, T
, No_Sliding
=> True);
1044 if Do_Range_Check
(Exp
) then
1045 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Exp
, False);
1046 Generate_Range_Check
(Exp
, DesigT
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
1049 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
1050 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
1051 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
1052 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
1054 if Is_Constrained
(DesigT
)
1055 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match
(T
, DesigT
)
1057 Apply_Constraint_Check
1058 (Exp
, DesigT
, No_Sliding
=> False);
1060 if Do_Range_Check
(Exp
) then
1061 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Exp
, False);
1062 Generate_Range_Check
(Exp
, DesigT
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
1066 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1067 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1068 -- proper size for the allocator.
1070 if Is_Array_Type
(T
)
1071 and then not Is_Constrained
(T
)
1072 and then Is_Packed
(T
)
1075 ConstrT
: constant Entity_Id
:=
1076 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
1077 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('A'));
1078 Internal_Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Exp
);
1081 Make_Subtype_Declaration
(Loc
,
1082 Defining_Identifier
=> ConstrT
,
1083 Subtype_Indication
=>
1084 Make_Subtype_From_Expr
(Exp
, T
)));
1085 Freeze_Itype
(ConstrT
, Exp
);
1086 Rewrite
(Exp
, OK_Convert_To
(ConstrT
, Internal_Exp
));
1090 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1091 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1092 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1093 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1094 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1095 -- as build-in-place.
1097 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
1098 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(Exp
)
1100 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator
(N
, Exp
);
1105 when RE_Not_Available
=>
1107 end Expand_Allocator_Expression
;
1109 -----------------------------
1110 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1111 -----------------------------
1113 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1114 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1115 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1116 -- form of the expansion is:
1118 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1120 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1121 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1123 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
) is
1124 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
1125 Op1
: Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
1126 Op2
: Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
1127 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
1128 Ctyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Component_Type
(Typ1
);
1131 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
1132 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
1136 Byte_Addressable
: constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit
= Byte
'Size;
1137 -- True for byte addressable target
1139 function Length_Less_Than_4
(Opnd
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
1140 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1141 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1142 -- or is not known at compile time.
1144 ------------------------
1145 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1146 ------------------------
1148 function Length_Less_Than_4
(Opnd
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
1149 Otyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Opnd
);
1152 if Ekind
(Otyp
) = E_String_Literal_Subtype
then
1153 return String_Literal_Length
(Otyp
) < 4;
1157 Ityp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Index
(Otyp
));
1158 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Ityp
);
1159 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Ityp
);
1164 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
) then
1165 Lov
:= Expr_Value
(Lo
);
1170 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
) then
1171 Hiv
:= Expr_Value
(Hi
);
1176 return Hiv
< Lov
+ 3;
1179 end Length_Less_Than_4
;
1181 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1184 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1185 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1186 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1187 -- addressing of array components.
1189 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typ1
)
1190 and then Byte_Addressable
1191 and then VM_Target
= No_VM
1193 -- The call we generate is:
1195 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1196 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1198 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1199 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1200 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1201 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1203 if Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 8 then
1204 if Length_Less_Than_4
(Op1
)
1206 Length_Less_Than_4
(Op2
)
1208 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1209 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned
;
1211 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned
;
1215 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1216 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U8
;
1218 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S8
;
1222 elsif Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 16 then
1223 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1224 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U16
;
1226 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S16
;
1229 elsif Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 32 then
1230 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1231 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U32
;
1233 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S32
;
1236 else pragma Assert
(Component_Size
(Typ1
) = 64);
1237 if Is_Unsigned_Type
(Ctyp
) then
1238 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_U64
;
1240 Comp
:= RE_Compare_Array_S64
;
1244 Remove_Side_Effects
(Op1
, Name_Req
=> True);
1245 Remove_Side_Effects
(Op2
, Name_Req
=> True);
1248 Make_Function_Call
(Sloc
(Op1
),
1249 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(Comp
), Loc
),
1251 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
1252 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1253 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op1
),
1254 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
1256 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1257 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op2
),
1258 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
1260 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1261 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op1
),
1262 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
),
1264 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1265 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Op2
),
1266 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
))));
1269 Make_Integer_Literal
(Sloc
(Op2
),
1272 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Op1
, Standard_Integer
);
1273 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Op2
, Standard_Integer
);
1277 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1279 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1281 if Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Le
then
1287 Right_Opnd
=> Op2
)));
1288 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
1291 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1292 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1294 elsif Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Lt
then
1295 Func_Body
:= Make_Array_Comparison_Op
(Typ1
, N
);
1299 Op1
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
1300 Op2
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
1302 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1304 elsif Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Ge
then
1310 Right_Opnd
=> Op2
)));
1311 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
1314 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1315 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1318 pragma Assert
(Chars
(N
) = Name_Op_Gt
);
1319 Func_Body
:= Make_Array_Comparison_Op
(Typ1
, N
);
1322 Func_Name
:= Defining_Unit_Name
(Specification
(Func_Body
));
1324 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
1325 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
1326 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Op1
, Op2
));
1328 Insert_Action
(N
, Func_Body
);
1330 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
1333 when RE_Not_Available
=>
1335 end Expand_Array_Comparison
;
1337 ---------------------------
1338 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1339 ---------------------------
1341 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1342 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1344 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1346 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1348 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1350 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1353 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1355 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1357 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1361 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1362 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1366 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1367 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1370 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1374 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1375 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1376 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1380 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1381 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1382 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1389 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1390 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1391 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1392 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1393 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1395 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1396 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1399 function Expand_Array_Equality
1404 Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
1406 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
1407 Decls
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
1408 Index_List1
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
1409 Index_List2
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
1413 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
1414 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
1416 A
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uA
);
1417 B
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uB
);
1421 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1426 Num
: Int
) return Node_Id
;
1427 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1429 function Component_Equality
(Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
;
1430 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1431 -- by a full set of indices.
1433 function Get_Arg_Type
(N
: Node_Id
) return Entity_Id
;
1434 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1435 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1437 function Handle_One_Dimension
1439 Index
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
1440 -- This procedure returns the following code
1443 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1447 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1448 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1449 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1453 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1454 -- returns a simpler loop:
1456 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1460 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1461 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1462 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1463 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1464 -- components of the arrays.
1466 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1467 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1469 function Test_Empty_Arrays
return Node_Id
;
1470 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1471 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1473 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1475 function Test_Lengths_Correspond
return Node_Id
;
1476 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1477 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1479 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1481 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1492 Num
: Int
) return Node_Id
1496 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1497 Attribute_Name
=> Nam
,
1498 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Arr
, Loc
),
1499 Expressions
=> New_List
(Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Num
)));
1502 ------------------------
1503 -- Component_Equality --
1504 ------------------------
1506 function Component_Equality
(Typ
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
is
1511 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1514 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
1515 Prefix
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(A
)),
1516 Expressions
=> Index_List1
);
1519 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
1520 Prefix
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(B
)),
1521 Expressions
=> Index_List2
);
1523 Test
:= Expand_Composite_Equality
1524 (Nod
, Component_Type
(Typ
), L
, R
, Decls
);
1526 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1527 -- will raise program error.
1529 if Nkind
(Test
) = N_Raise_Program_Error
then
1531 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1532 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1533 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1535 Set_Etype
(Test
, Empty
);
1540 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
1541 Condition
=> Make_Op_Not
(Loc
, Right_Opnd
=> Test
),
1542 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
1543 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1544 Expression
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
))));
1546 end Component_Equality
;
1552 function Get_Arg_Type
(N
: Node_Id
) return Entity_Id
is
1563 T
:= Underlying_Type
(T
);
1565 X
:= First_Index
(T
);
1566 while Present
(X
) loop
1567 if Denotes_Discriminant
(Type_Low_Bound
(Etype
(X
)))
1569 Denotes_Discriminant
(Type_High_Bound
(Etype
(X
)))
1582 --------------------------
1583 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1584 ---------------------------
1586 function Handle_One_Dimension
1588 Index
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
1590 Need_Separate_Indexes
: constant Boolean :=
1592 or else not Is_Constrained
(Ltyp
);
1593 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1594 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1597 An
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
1598 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('A'));
1601 Index_T
: Entity_Id
;
1606 if N
> Number_Dimensions
(Ltyp
) then
1607 return Component_Equality
(Ltyp
);
1610 -- Case where we generate a loop
1612 Index_T
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Index
));
1614 if Need_Separate_Indexes
then
1616 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
1617 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('B'));
1622 Append
(New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
), Index_List1
);
1623 Append
(New_Reference_To
(Bn
, Loc
), Index_List2
);
1625 Stm_List
:= New_List
(
1626 Handle_One_Dimension
(N
+ 1, Next_Index
(Index
)));
1628 if Need_Separate_Indexes
then
1630 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1632 Append_To
(Stm_List
,
1633 Make_Exit_Statement
(Loc
,
1636 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
),
1637 Right_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Last
, N
))));
1639 Append_To
(Stm_List
,
1640 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
1641 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
),
1643 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1644 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1645 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Succ
,
1646 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(An
, Loc
)))));
1648 Append_To
(Stm_List
,
1649 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
1650 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Bn
, Loc
),
1652 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
1653 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1654 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Succ
,
1655 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(Bn
, Loc
)))));
1658 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1659 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1661 if Need_Separate_Indexes
then
1663 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(Nod
, Statements
=> Stm_List
);
1666 Make_Block_Statement
(Loc
,
1667 Declarations
=> New_List
(
1668 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
1669 Defining_Identifier
=> An
,
1670 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1671 Expression
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_First
, N
)),
1673 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
1674 Defining_Identifier
=> Bn
,
1675 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Index_T
, Loc
),
1676 Expression
=> Arr_Attr
(B
, Name_First
, N
))),
1678 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
1679 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
1680 Statements
=> New_List
(Loop_Stm
)));
1682 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1683 -- iteration scheme on its own
1687 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(Nod
,
1688 Statements
=> Stm_List
,
1690 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
1691 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
1692 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
1693 Defining_Identifier
=> An
,
1694 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
1695 Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Range
, N
))));
1698 end Handle_One_Dimension
;
1700 -----------------------
1701 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1702 -----------------------
1704 function Test_Empty_Arrays
return Node_Id
is
1714 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Ltyp
) loop
1717 Left_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Length
, J
),
1718 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
1722 Left_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(B
, Name_Length
, J
),
1723 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
1732 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Alist
),
1733 Right_Opnd
=> Atest
);
1737 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Blist
),
1738 Right_Opnd
=> Btest
);
1745 Right_Opnd
=> Blist
);
1746 end Test_Empty_Arrays
;
1748 -----------------------------
1749 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1750 -----------------------------
1752 function Test_Lengths_Correspond
return Node_Id
is
1758 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Ltyp
) loop
1761 Left_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(A
, Name_Length
, J
),
1762 Right_Opnd
=> Arr_Attr
(B
, Name_Length
, J
));
1769 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Result
),
1770 Right_Opnd
=> Rtest
);
1775 end Test_Lengths_Correspond
;
1777 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1780 Ltyp
:= Get_Arg_Type
(Lhs
);
1781 Rtyp
:= Get_Arg_Type
(Rhs
);
1783 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1784 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1785 -- fixable in future ???
1787 if Ltyp
/= Rtyp
then
1788 Ltyp
:= Base_Type
(Ltyp
);
1789 Rtyp
:= Base_Type
(Rtyp
);
1790 pragma Assert
(Ltyp
= Rtyp
);
1793 -- Build list of formals for function
1795 Formals
:= New_List
(
1796 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
1797 Defining_Identifier
=> A
,
1798 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Ltyp
, Loc
)),
1800 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
1801 Defining_Identifier
=> B
,
1802 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Rtyp
, Loc
)));
1804 Func_Name
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('E'));
1806 -- Build statement sequence for function
1809 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
1811 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
1812 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
1813 Parameter_Specifications
=> Formals
,
1814 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Boolean
, Loc
)),
1816 Declarations
=> Decls
,
1818 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
1819 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
1820 Statements
=> New_List
(
1822 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
1823 Condition
=> Test_Empty_Arrays
,
1824 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
1825 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1827 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
)))),
1829 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
1830 Condition
=> Test_Lengths_Correspond
,
1831 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
1832 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1834 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
)))),
1836 Handle_One_Dimension
(1, First_Index
(Ltyp
)),
1838 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
1839 Expression
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
)))));
1841 Set_Has_Completion
(Func_Name
, True);
1842 Set_Is_Inlined
(Func_Name
);
1844 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1845 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1846 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1856 or else Base_Type
(Etype
(Lhs
)) /= Base_Type
(Ltyp
)
1858 L
:= OK_Convert_To
(Ltyp
, Lhs
);
1862 or else Base_Type
(Etype
(Rhs
)) /= Base_Type
(Rtyp
)
1864 R
:= OK_Convert_To
(Rtyp
, Rhs
);
1867 Actuals
:= New_List
(L
, R
);
1870 Append_To
(Bodies
, Func_Body
);
1873 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
1874 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
1875 Parameter_Associations
=> Actuals
);
1876 end Expand_Array_Equality
;
1878 -----------------------------
1879 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1880 -----------------------------
1882 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1883 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1885 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
: Node_Id
) is
1886 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
1889 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1890 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1891 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1893 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typ
)
1894 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Left_Opnd
(N
))
1895 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
1897 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
1901 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1902 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1903 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1904 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1905 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1908 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
1909 L
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
1910 R
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
1911 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
1912 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
1915 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype
(L
);
1916 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype
(R
);
1917 Ensure_Defined
(Etype
(L
), N
);
1918 Ensure_Defined
(Etype
(R
), N
);
1919 Apply_Length_Check
(R
, Etype
(L
));
1921 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_Xor
then
1922 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test
(N
, Etype
(L
));
1925 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1926 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Name
(Parent
(N
)), L
, R
)
1928 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
(Parent
(N
), L
, R
);
1930 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Op_Not
1931 and then Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_And
1933 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Name
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))), L
, R
)
1938 Func_Body
:= Make_Boolean_Array_Op
(Etype
(L
), N
);
1939 Func_Name
:= Defining_Unit_Name
(Specification
(Func_Body
));
1940 Insert_Action
(N
, Func_Body
);
1942 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1945 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
1946 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
1947 Parameter_Associations
=>
1950 Make_Type_Conversion
1951 (Loc
, New_Reference_To
(Etype
(L
), Loc
), R
))));
1953 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
1956 end Expand_Boolean_Operator
;
1958 -------------------------------
1959 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1960 -------------------------------
1962 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1963 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1964 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1966 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1971 Bodies
: List_Id
) return Node_Id
1973 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
1974 Full_Type
: Entity_Id
;
1979 if Is_Private_Type
(Typ
) then
1980 Full_Type
:= Underlying_Type
(Typ
);
1985 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1986 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1988 if No
(Full_Type
) then
1989 return New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
);
1992 Full_Type
:= Base_Type
(Full_Type
);
1994 if Is_Array_Type
(Full_Type
) then
1996 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1997 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1998 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1999 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
2001 if Is_Elementary_Type
(Component_Type
(Full_Type
))
2002 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Component_Type
(Full_Type
))
2004 return Make_Op_Eq
(Loc
, Left_Opnd
=> Lhs
, Right_Opnd
=> Rhs
);
2006 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
2007 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
2008 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
2009 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
2010 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
2013 return Expand_Array_Equality
(Nod
, Lhs
, Rhs
, Bodies
, Full_Type
);
2016 elsif Is_Tagged_Type
(Full_Type
) then
2018 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
2020 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Full_Type
) then
2021 Full_Type
:= Root_Type
(Full_Type
);
2024 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
2025 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
2026 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
2027 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
2029 if Is_Private_Type
(Typ
)
2030 and then not Is_Tagged_Type
(Typ
)
2031 and then not Is_Controlled
(Typ
)
2032 and then Is_Derived_Type
(Typ
)
2033 and then No
(Full_View
(Typ
))
2035 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Collect_Primitive_Operations
(Typ
));
2037 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Primitive_Operations
(Full_Type
));
2041 Eq_Op
:= Node
(Prim
);
2042 exit when Chars
(Eq_Op
) = Name_Op_Eq
2043 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)) =
2044 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)))
2045 and then Base_Type
(Etype
(Eq_Op
)) = Standard_Boolean
;
2047 pragma Assert
(Present
(Prim
));
2050 Eq_Op
:= Node
(Prim
);
2053 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2054 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2055 Parameter_Associations
=>
2057 (Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)), Lhs
),
2058 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)), Rhs
)));
2060 elsif Is_Record_Type
(Full_Type
) then
2061 Eq_Op
:= TSS
(Full_Type
, TSS_Composite_Equality
);
2063 if Present
(Eq_Op
) then
2064 if Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
)) /= Full_Type
then
2066 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2067 -- match signature of operation.
2070 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq_Op
));
2074 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2075 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2076 Parameter_Associations
=>
2077 New_List
(OK_Convert_To
(T
, Lhs
),
2078 OK_Convert_To
(T
, Rhs
)));
2082 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2084 if Is_Unchecked_Union
(Full_Type
) then
2086 Lhs_Type
: Node_Id
:= Full_Type
;
2087 Rhs_Type
: Node_Id
:= Full_Type
;
2088 Lhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
2089 Rhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
2094 if Nkind
(Lhs
) = N_Selected_Component
then
2095 Lhs_Type
:= Etype
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
)));
2100 if Nkind
(Rhs
) = N_Selected_Component
then
2101 Rhs_Type
:= Etype
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
)));
2104 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2106 if Is_Constrained
(Lhs_Type
) then
2108 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2109 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2110 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2113 if Nkind
(Lhs
) = N_Selected_Component
2114 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
(
2115 Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
)))
2118 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
2119 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Lhs
),
2122 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2123 First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
2125 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
))));
2128 Lhs_Discr_Val
:= New_Copy
(
2129 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2130 First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
2132 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
)));
2136 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2137 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2140 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
2141 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
);
2144 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2146 if Is_Constrained
(Rhs_Type
) then
2147 if Nkind
(Rhs
) = N_Selected_Component
2148 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
(
2149 Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
)))
2152 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
2153 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Rhs
),
2156 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2157 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
2159 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
))));
2162 Rhs_Discr_Val
:= New_Copy
(
2163 Get_Discriminant_Value
(
2164 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
2166 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
)));
2171 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
2172 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
);
2175 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2176 -- discriminant values.
2179 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2180 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2181 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
2189 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through the above
2193 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
2194 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq_Op
, Loc
),
2195 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Lhs
, Rhs
));
2199 return Expand_Record_Equality
(Nod
, Full_Type
, Lhs
, Rhs
, Bodies
);
2203 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2205 return Make_Op_Eq
(Loc
, Left_Opnd
=> Lhs
, Right_Opnd
=> Rhs
);
2207 end Expand_Composite_Equality
;
2209 ------------------------
2210 -- Expand_Concatenate --
2211 ------------------------
2213 procedure Expand_Concatenate
(Cnode
: Node_Id
; Opnds
: List_Id
) is
2214 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Cnode
);
2216 Atyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Cnode
));
2217 -- Result type of concatenation
2219 Ctyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Component_Type
(Etype
(Cnode
)));
2220 -- Component type. Elements of this component type can appear as one
2221 -- of the operands of concatenation as well as arrays.
2223 Istyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Index
(Atyp
));
2226 Ityp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Istyp
);
2227 -- Index type. This is the base type of the index subtype, and is used
2228 -- for all computed bounds (which may be out of range of Istyp in the
2229 -- case of null ranges).
2232 -- This is the type we use to do arithmetic to compute the bounds and
2233 -- lengths of operands. The choice of this type is a little subtle and
2234 -- is discussed in a separate section at the start of the body code.
2236 Concatenation_Error
: exception;
2237 -- Raised if concatenation is sure to raise a CE
2239 Result_May_Be_Null
: Boolean := True;
2240 -- Reset to False if at least one operand is encountered which is known
2241 -- at compile time to be non-null. Used for handling the special case
2242 -- of setting the high bound to the last operand high bound for a null
2243 -- result, thus ensuring a proper high bound in the super-flat case.
2245 N
: constant Nat
:= List_Length
(Opnds
);
2246 -- Number of concatenation operands including possibly null operands
2249 -- Number of operands excluding any known to be null, except that the
2250 -- last operand is always retained, in case it provides the bounds for
2254 -- Current operand being processed in the loop through operands. After
2255 -- this loop is complete, always contains the last operand (which is not
2256 -- the same as Operands (NN), since null operands are skipped).
2258 -- Arrays describing the operands, only the first NN entries of each
2259 -- array are set (NN < N when we exclude known null operands).
2261 Is_Fixed_Length
: array (1 .. N
) of Boolean;
2262 -- True if length of corresponding operand known at compile time
2264 Operands
: array (1 .. N
) of Node_Id
;
2265 -- Set to the corresponding entry in the Opnds list (but note that null
2266 -- operands are excluded, so not all entries in the list are stored).
2268 Fixed_Length
: array (1 .. N
) of Uint
;
2269 -- Set to length of operand. Entries in this array are set only if the
2270 -- corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length is True.
2272 Opnd_Low_Bound
: array (1 .. N
) of Node_Id
;
2273 -- Set to lower bound of operand. Either an integer literal in the case
2274 -- where the bound is known at compile time, else actual lower bound.
2275 -- The operand low bound is of type Ityp.
2277 Var_Length
: array (1 .. N
) of Entity_Id
;
2278 -- Set to an entity of type Natural that contains the length of an
2279 -- operand whose length is not known at compile time. Entries in this
2280 -- array are set only if the corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length
2281 -- is False. The entity is of type Artyp.
2283 Aggr_Length
: array (0 .. N
) of Node_Id
;
2284 -- The J'th entry in an expression node that represents the total length
2285 -- of operands 1 through J. It is either an integer literal node, or a
2286 -- reference to a constant entity with the right value, so it is fine
2287 -- to just do a Copy_Node to get an appropriate copy. The extra zero'th
2288 -- entry always is set to zero. The length is of type Artyp.
2290 Low_Bound
: Node_Id
;
2291 -- A tree node representing the low bound of the result (of type Ityp).
2292 -- This is either an integer literal node, or an identifier reference to
2293 -- a constant entity initialized to the appropriate value.
2295 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
: Node_Id
;
2296 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the last operand. This
2297 -- need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2298 -- special case of setting the right high bound for a null result.
2299 -- This is of type Ityp.
2301 High_Bound
: Node_Id
;
2302 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the result (of type Ityp)
2305 -- Result of the concatenation (of type Ityp)
2307 Actions
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
2308 -- Collect actions to be inserted if Save_Space is False
2310 Save_Space
: Boolean;
2311 pragma Warnings
(Off
, Save_Space
);
2312 -- Set to True if we are saving generated code space by calling routines
2313 -- in packages System.Concat_n.
2315 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
: Boolean;
2316 -- Set True during generation of the assignements of operands into
2317 -- result once an operand known to be non-null has been seen.
2319 function Make_Artyp_Literal
(Val
: Nat
) return Node_Id
;
2320 -- This function makes an N_Integer_Literal node that is returned in
2321 -- analyzed form with the type set to Artyp. Importantly this literal
2322 -- is not flagged as static, so that if we do computations with it that
2323 -- result in statically detected out of range conditions, we will not
2324 -- generate error messages but instead warning messages.
2326 function To_Artyp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
2327 -- Given a node of type Ityp, returns the corresponding value of type
2328 -- Artyp. For non-enumeration types, this is a plain integer conversion.
2329 -- For enum types, the Pos of the value is returned.
2331 function To_Ityp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
2332 -- The inverse function (uses Val in the case of enumeration types)
2334 ------------------------
2335 -- Make_Artyp_Literal --
2336 ------------------------
2338 function Make_Artyp_Literal
(Val
: Nat
) return Node_Id
is
2339 Result
: constant Node_Id
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Val
);
2341 Set_Etype
(Result
, Artyp
);
2342 Set_Analyzed
(Result
, True);
2343 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(Result
, False);
2345 end Make_Artyp_Literal
;
2351 function To_Artyp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
2353 if Ityp
= Base_Type
(Artyp
) then
2356 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type
(Ityp
) then
2358 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2359 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ityp
, Loc
),
2360 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Pos
,
2361 Expressions
=> New_List
(X
));
2364 return Convert_To
(Artyp
, X
);
2372 function To_Ityp
(X
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
2374 if Is_Enumeration_Type
(Ityp
) then
2376 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2377 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ityp
, Loc
),
2378 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Val
,
2379 Expressions
=> New_List
(X
));
2381 -- Case where we will do a type conversion
2384 if Ityp
= Base_Type
(Artyp
) then
2387 return Convert_To
(Ityp
, X
);
2392 -- Local Declarations
2394 Opnd_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
2402 -- Choose an appropriate computational type
2404 -- We will be doing calculations of lengths and bounds in this routine
2405 -- and computing one from the other in some cases, e.g. getting the high
2406 -- bound by adding the length-1 to the low bound.
2408 -- We can't just use the index type, or even its base type for this
2409 -- purpose for two reasons. First it might be an enumeration type which
2410 -- is not suitable fo computations of any kind, and second it may simply
2411 -- not have enough range. For example if the index type is -128..+127
2412 -- then lengths can be up to 256, which is out of range of the type.
2414 -- For enumeration types, we can simply use Standard_Integer, this is
2415 -- sufficient since the actual number of enumeration literals cannot
2416 -- possibly exceed the range of integer (remember we will be doing the
2417 -- arithmetic with POS values, not representation values).
2419 if Is_Enumeration_Type
(Ityp
) then
2420 Artyp
:= Standard_Integer
;
2422 -- If index type is Positive, we use the standard unsigned type, to give
2423 -- more room on the top of the range, obviating the need for an overflow
2424 -- check when creating the upper bound. This is needed to avoid junk
2425 -- overflow checks in the common case of String types.
2427 -- ??? Disabled for now
2429 -- elsif Istyp = Standard_Positive then
2430 -- Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2432 -- For modular types, we use a 32-bit modular type for types whose size
2433 -- is in the range 1-31 bits. For 32-bit unsigned types, we use the
2434 -- identity type, and for larger unsigned types we use 64-bits.
2436 elsif Is_Modular_Integer_Type
(Ityp
) then
2437 if RM_Size
(Ityp
) < RM_Size
(Standard_Unsigned
) then
2438 Artyp
:= Standard_Unsigned
;
2439 elsif RM_Size
(Ityp
) = RM_Size
(Standard_Unsigned
) then
2442 Artyp
:= RTE
(RE_Long_Long_Unsigned
);
2445 -- Similar treatment for signed types
2448 if RM_Size
(Ityp
) < RM_Size
(Standard_Integer
) then
2449 Artyp
:= Standard_Integer
;
2450 elsif RM_Size
(Ityp
) = RM_Size
(Standard_Integer
) then
2453 Artyp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Integer
;
2457 -- Supply dummy entry at start of length array
2459 Aggr_Length
(0) := Make_Artyp_Literal
(0);
2461 -- Go through operands setting up the above arrays
2465 Opnd
:= Remove_Head
(Opnds
);
2466 Opnd_Typ
:= Etype
(Opnd
);
2468 -- The parent got messed up when we put the operands in a list,
2469 -- so now put back the proper parent for the saved operand.
2471 Set_Parent
(Opnd
, Parent
(Cnode
));
2473 -- Set will be True when we have setup one entry in the array
2477 -- Singleton element (or character literal) case
2479 if Base_Type
(Opnd_Typ
) = Ctyp
then
2481 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2482 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := True;
2483 Fixed_Length
(NN
) := Uint_1
;
2484 Result_May_Be_Null
:= False;
2486 -- Set low bound of operand (no need to set Last_Opnd_High_Bound
2487 -- since we know that the result cannot be null).
2489 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) :=
2490 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2491 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Istyp
, Loc
),
2492 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
);
2496 -- String literal case (can only occur for strings of course)
2498 elsif Nkind
(Opnd
) = N_String_Literal
then
2499 Len
:= String_Literal_Length
(Opnd_Typ
);
2502 Result_May_Be_Null
:= False;
2505 -- Capture last operand high bound if result could be null
2507 if J
= N
and then Result_May_Be_Null
then
2508 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
:=
2511 New_Copy_Tree
(String_Literal_Low_Bound
(Opnd_Typ
)),
2512 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1));
2515 -- Skip null string literal
2517 if J
< N
and then Len
= 0 then
2522 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2523 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := True;
2525 -- Set length and bounds
2527 Fixed_Length
(NN
) := Len
;
2529 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) :=
2530 New_Copy_Tree
(String_Literal_Low_Bound
(Opnd_Typ
));
2537 -- Check constrained case with known bounds
2539 if Is_Constrained
(Opnd_Typ
) then
2541 Index
: constant Node_Id
:= First_Index
(Opnd_Typ
);
2542 Indx_Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Index
);
2543 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Indx_Typ
);
2544 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Indx_Typ
);
2547 -- Fixed length constrained array type with known at compile
2548 -- time bounds is last case of fixed length operand.
2550 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
)
2552 Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
)
2555 Loval
: constant Uint
:= Expr_Value
(Lo
);
2556 Hival
: constant Uint
:= Expr_Value
(Hi
);
2557 Len
: constant Uint
:=
2558 UI_Max
(Hival
- Loval
+ 1, Uint_0
);
2562 Result_May_Be_Null
:= False;
2565 -- Capture last operand bound if result could be null
2567 if J
= N
and then Result_May_Be_Null
then
2568 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
:=
2570 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2571 Intval
=> Expr_Value
(Hi
)));
2574 -- Exclude null length case unless last operand
2576 if J
< N
and then Len
= 0 then
2581 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2582 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := True;
2583 Fixed_Length
(NN
) := Len
;
2585 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) := To_Ityp
(
2586 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2587 Intval
=> Expr_Value
(Lo
)));
2595 -- All cases where the length is not known at compile time, or the
2596 -- special case of an operand which is known to be null but has a
2597 -- lower bound other than 1 or is other than a string type.
2602 -- Capture operand bounds
2604 Opnd_Low_Bound
(NN
) :=
2605 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2607 Duplicate_Subexpr
(Opnd
, Name_Req
=> True),
2608 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
);
2610 if J
= N
and Result_May_Be_Null
then
2611 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
:=
2613 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2615 Duplicate_Subexpr
(Opnd
, Name_Req
=> True),
2616 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
));
2619 -- Capture length of operand in entity
2621 Operands
(NN
) := Opnd
;
2622 Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) := False;
2625 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
2626 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('L'));
2629 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2630 Defining_Identifier
=> Var_Length
(NN
),
2631 Constant_Present
=> True,
2633 Object_Definition
=>
2634 New_Occurrence_Of
(Artyp
, Loc
),
2637 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2639 Duplicate_Subexpr
(Opnd
, Name_Req
=> True),
2640 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
)));
2644 -- Set next entry in aggregate length array
2646 -- For first entry, make either integer literal for fixed length
2647 -- or a reference to the saved length for variable length.
2650 if Is_Fixed_Length
(1) then
2652 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2653 Intval
=> Fixed_Length
(1));
2656 New_Reference_To
(Var_Length
(1), Loc
);
2659 -- If entry is fixed length and only fixed lengths so far, make
2660 -- appropriate new integer literal adding new length.
2662 elsif Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
)
2663 and then Nkind
(Aggr_Length
(NN
- 1)) = N_Integer_Literal
2666 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
2667 Intval
=> Fixed_Length
(NN
) + Intval
(Aggr_Length
(NN
- 1)));
2669 -- All other cases, construct an addition node for the length and
2670 -- create an entity initialized to this length.
2674 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
2675 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('L'));
2677 if Is_Fixed_Length
(NN
) then
2678 Clen
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Fixed_Length
(NN
));
2680 Clen
:= New_Reference_To
(Var_Length
(NN
), Loc
);
2684 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2685 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
2686 Constant_Present
=> True,
2688 Object_Definition
=>
2689 New_Occurrence_Of
(Artyp
, Loc
),
2693 Left_Opnd
=> New_Copy
(Aggr_Length
(NN
- 1)),
2694 Right_Opnd
=> Clen
)));
2696 Aggr_Length
(NN
) := Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
=> Chars
(Ent
));
2703 -- If we have only skipped null operands, return the last operand
2710 -- If we have only one non-null operand, return it and we are done.
2711 -- There is one case in which this cannot be done, and that is when
2712 -- the sole operand is of the element type, in which case it must be
2713 -- converted to an array, and the easiest way of doing that is to go
2714 -- through the normal general circuit.
2717 and then Base_Type
(Etype
(Operands
(1))) /= Ctyp
2719 Result
:= Operands
(1);
2723 -- Cases where we have a real concatenation
2725 -- Next step is to find the low bound for the result array that we
2726 -- will allocate. The rules for this are in (RM 4.5.6(5-7)).
2728 -- If the ultimate ancestor of the index subtype is a constrained array
2729 -- definition, then the lower bound is that of the index subtype as
2730 -- specified by (RM 4.5.3(6)).
2732 -- The right test here is to go to the root type, and then the ultimate
2733 -- ancestor is the first subtype of this root type.
2735 if Is_Constrained
(First_Subtype
(Root_Type
(Atyp
))) then
2737 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
2739 New_Occurrence_Of
(First_Subtype
(Root_Type
(Atyp
)), Loc
),
2740 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
);
2742 -- If the first operand in the list has known length we know that
2743 -- the lower bound of the result is the lower bound of this operand.
2745 elsif Is_Fixed_Length
(1) then
2746 Low_Bound
:= Opnd_Low_Bound
(1);
2748 -- OK, we don't know the lower bound, we have to build a horrible
2749 -- expression actions node of the form
2751 -- if Cond1'Length /= 0 then
2754 -- if Opnd2'Length /= 0 then
2759 -- The nesting ends either when we hit an operand whose length is known
2760 -- at compile time, or on reaching the last operand, whose low bound we
2761 -- take unconditionally whether or not it is null. It's easiest to do
2762 -- this with a recursive procedure:
2766 function Get_Known_Bound
(J
: Nat
) return Node_Id
;
2767 -- Returns the lower bound determined by operands J .. NN
2769 ---------------------
2770 -- Get_Known_Bound --
2771 ---------------------
2773 function Get_Known_Bound
(J
: Nat
) return Node_Id
is
2775 if Is_Fixed_Length
(J
) or else J
= NN
then
2776 return New_Copy
(Opnd_Low_Bound
(J
));
2780 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
2781 Expressions
=> New_List
(
2784 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Var_Length
(J
), Loc
),
2785 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
2787 New_Copy
(Opnd_Low_Bound
(J
)),
2788 Get_Known_Bound
(J
+ 1)));
2790 end Get_Known_Bound
;
2794 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('L'));
2797 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2798 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
2799 Constant_Present
=> True,
2800 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ityp
, Loc
),
2801 Expression
=> Get_Known_Bound
(1)));
2803 Low_Bound
:= New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
);
2807 -- Now we can safely compute the upper bound, normally
2808 -- Low_Bound + Length - 1.
2813 Left_Opnd
=> To_Artyp
(New_Copy
(Low_Bound
)),
2815 Make_Op_Subtract
(Loc
,
2816 Left_Opnd
=> New_Copy
(Aggr_Length
(NN
)),
2817 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Artyp_Literal
(1))));
2819 -- Note that calculation of the high bound may cause overflow in some
2820 -- very weird cases, so in the general case we need an overflow check on
2821 -- the high bound. We can avoid this for the common case of string types
2822 -- and other types whose index is Positive, since we chose a wider range
2823 -- for the arithmetic type.
2825 if Istyp
/= Standard_Positive
then
2826 Activate_Overflow_Check
(High_Bound
);
2829 -- Handle the exceptional case where the result is null, in which case
2830 -- case the bounds come from the last operand (so that we get the proper
2831 -- bounds if the last operand is super-flat).
2833 if Result_May_Be_Null
then
2835 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
2836 Expressions
=> New_List
(
2838 Left_Opnd
=> New_Copy
(Aggr_Length
(NN
)),
2839 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Artyp_Literal
(0)),
2840 Last_Opnd_High_Bound
,
2844 -- Here is where we insert the saved up actions
2846 Insert_Actions
(Cnode
, Actions
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
2848 -- Now we construct an array object with appropriate bounds
2851 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
2852 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('S'));
2854 -- If the bound is statically known to be out of range, we do not want
2855 -- to abort, we want a warning and a runtime constraint error. Note that
2856 -- we have arranged that the result will not be treated as a static
2857 -- constant, so we won't get an illegality during this insertion.
2859 Insert_Action
(Cnode
,
2860 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
2861 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
2862 Object_Definition
=>
2863 Make_Subtype_Indication
(Loc
,
2864 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Atyp
, Loc
),
2866 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint
(Loc
,
2867 Constraints
=> New_List
(
2869 Low_Bound
=> Low_Bound
,
2870 High_Bound
=> High_Bound
))))),
2871 Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
2873 -- If the result of the concatenation appears as the initializing
2874 -- expression of an object declaration, we can just rename the
2875 -- result, rather than copying it.
2877 Set_OK_To_Rename
(Ent
);
2879 -- Catch the static out of range case now
2881 if Raises_Constraint_Error
(High_Bound
) then
2882 raise Concatenation_Error
;
2885 -- Now we will generate the assignments to do the actual concatenation
2887 -- There is one case in which we will not do this, namely when all the
2888 -- following conditions are met:
2890 -- The result type is Standard.String
2892 -- There are nine or fewer retained (non-null) operands
2894 -- The optimization level is -O0
2896 -- The corresponding System.Concat_n.Str_Concat_n routine is
2897 -- available in the run time.
2899 -- The debug flag gnatd.c is not set
2901 -- If all these conditions are met then we generate a call to the
2902 -- relevant concatenation routine. The purpose of this is to avoid
2903 -- undesirable code bloat at -O0.
2905 if Atyp
= Standard_String
2906 and then NN
in 2 .. 9
2907 and then (Opt
.Optimization_Level
= 0 or else Debug_Flag_Dot_CC
)
2908 and then not Debug_Flag_Dot_C
2911 RR
: constant array (Nat
range 2 .. 9) of RE_Id
:=
2922 if RTE_Available
(RR
(NN
)) then
2924 Opnds
: constant List_Id
:=
2925 New_List
(New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
));
2928 for J
in 1 .. NN
loop
2929 if Is_List_Member
(Operands
(J
)) then
2930 Remove
(Operands
(J
));
2933 if Base_Type
(Etype
(Operands
(J
))) = Ctyp
then
2935 Make_Aggregate
(Loc
,
2936 Component_Associations
=> New_List
(
2937 Make_Component_Association
(Loc
,
2938 Choices
=> New_List
(
2939 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 1)),
2940 Expression
=> Operands
(J
)))));
2943 Append_To
(Opnds
, Operands
(J
));
2947 Insert_Action
(Cnode
,
2948 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
2949 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RR
(NN
)), Loc
),
2950 Parameter_Associations
=> Opnds
));
2952 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
);
2959 -- Not special case so generate the assignments
2961 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
:= False;
2963 for J
in 1 .. NN
loop
2965 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:=
2967 Left_Opnd
=> To_Artyp
(New_Copy
(Low_Bound
)),
2968 Right_Opnd
=> Aggr_Length
(J
- 1));
2970 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:=
2972 Left_Opnd
=> To_Artyp
(New_Copy
(Low_Bound
)),
2974 Make_Op_Subtract
(Loc
,
2975 Left_Opnd
=> Aggr_Length
(J
),
2976 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Artyp_Literal
(1)));
2979 -- Singleton case, simple assignment
2981 if Base_Type
(Etype
(Operands
(J
))) = Ctyp
then
2982 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
:= True;
2983 Insert_Action
(Cnode
,
2984 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
2986 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
2987 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
),
2988 Expressions
=> New_List
(To_Ityp
(Lo
))),
2989 Expression
=> Operands
(J
)),
2990 Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
2992 -- Array case, slice assignment, skipped when argument is fixed
2993 -- length and known to be null.
2995 elsif (not Is_Fixed_Length
(J
)) or else (Fixed_Length
(J
) > 0) then
2998 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
3002 New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
),
3005 Low_Bound
=> To_Ityp
(Lo
),
3006 High_Bound
=> To_Ityp
(Hi
))),
3007 Expression
=> Operands
(J
));
3009 if Is_Fixed_Length
(J
) then
3010 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
:= True;
3012 elsif not Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen
then
3014 -- Here if operand length is not statically known and no
3015 -- operand known to be non-null has been processed yet.
3016 -- If operand length is 0, we do not need to perform the
3017 -- assignment, and we must avoid the evaluation of the
3018 -- high bound of the slice, since it may underflow if the
3019 -- low bound is Ityp'First.
3022 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Cnode
,
3026 New_Occurrence_Of
(Var_Length
(J
), Loc
),
3027 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
3032 Insert_Action
(Cnode
, Assign
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
3038 -- Finally we build the result, which is a reference to the array object
3040 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
);
3043 Rewrite
(Cnode
, Result
);
3044 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Cnode
, Atyp
);
3047 when Concatenation_Error
=>
3049 -- Kill warning generated for the declaration of the static out of
3050 -- range high bound, and instead generate a Constraint_Error with
3051 -- an appropriate specific message.
3053 Kill_Dead_Code
(Declaration_Node
(Entity
(High_Bound
)));
3054 Apply_Compile_Time_Constraint_Error
3056 Msg
=> "concatenation result upper bound out of range?",
3057 Reason
=> CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
3058 -- Set_Etype (Cnode, Atyp);
3059 end Expand_Concatenate
;
3061 ------------------------
3062 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
3063 ------------------------
3065 procedure Expand_N_Allocator
(N
: Node_Id
) is
3066 PtrT
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
3067 Dtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Available_View
(Designated_Type
(PtrT
));
3068 Etyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Expression
(N
));
3069 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
3074 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization
;
3075 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
3076 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
3078 procedure Rewrite_Coextension
(N
: Node_Id
);
3079 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
3080 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
3081 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
3083 function Size_In_Storage_Elements
(E
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
;
3084 -- Given a constrained array type E, returns a node representing the
3085 -- code to compute the size in storage elements for the given type.
3086 -- This is done without using the attribute (which malfunctions for
3089 ---------------------------------------
3090 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
3091 ---------------------------------------
3093 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization
is
3095 Coext_Elmt
: Elmt_Id
;
3099 function Inside_A_Return_Statement
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
3100 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
3102 function Needs_Initialization_Call
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
3103 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
3104 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
3106 -------------------------------
3107 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
3108 -------------------------------
3110 function Inside_A_Return_Statement
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
3115 while Present
(P
) loop
3117 (P
, N_Extended_Return_Statement
, N_Simple_Return_Statement
)
3121 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
3123 elsif Nkind
(P
) = N_Subprogram_Body
then
3131 end Inside_A_Return_Statement
;
3133 -------------------------------
3134 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
3135 -------------------------------
3137 function Needs_Initialization_Call
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
3141 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Explicit_Dereference
3142 and then Nkind
(Prefix
(N
)) = N_Identifier
3143 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Entity
(Prefix
(N
)))) =
3144 N_Object_Declaration
3146 Obj_Decl
:= Parent
(Entity
(Prefix
(N
)));
3149 Present
(Expression
(Obj_Decl
))
3150 and then Nkind
(Expression
(Obj_Decl
)) = N_Allocator
3151 and then Nkind
(Expression
(Expression
(Obj_Decl
))) /=
3152 N_Qualified_Expression
;
3156 end Needs_Initialization_Call
;
3158 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
3161 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
3162 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
3163 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
3164 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
3166 if Inside_A_Return_Statement
(N
)
3168 (Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3170 (Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Access_Type
3171 and then No
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
))))
3175 Outer_S
: Entity_Id
;
3176 S
: Entity_Id
:= Current_Scope
;
3179 while Present
(S
) and then S
/= Standard_Standard
loop
3180 if Ekind
(S
) = E_Function
then
3181 Outer_S
:= Scope
(S
);
3183 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
3188 (Corresponding_Body
(Parent
(Parent
(S
)))));
3195 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
3196 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
3197 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
3198 -- finalization context is now different.
3200 Push_Scope
(Outer_S
);
3201 Build_Final_List
(Decl
, PtrT
);
3205 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
3206 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
3208 elsif No
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
)) then
3209 Build_Final_List
(N
, PtrT
);
3213 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
3215 New_Reference_To
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
), Loc
),
3217 Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_F
));
3219 Coext_Elmt
:= First_Elmt
(Coextensions
(N
));
3220 while Present
(Coext_Elmt
) loop
3221 Coext
:= Node
(Coext_Elmt
);
3226 if Nkind
(Coext
) = N_Identifier
then
3228 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
3229 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Reference_To
(Etype
(Coext
), Loc
),
3231 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
3232 Prefix
=> New_Copy_Tree
(Coext
)));
3234 Ref
:= New_Copy_Tree
(Coext
);
3237 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3239 Check_Restriction
(No_Default_Initialization
, N
);
3241 if not Restriction_Active
(No_Default_Initialization
) then
3245 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3247 if Needs_Initialization_Call
(Coext
) then
3251 Typ
=> Etype
(Coext
),
3253 With_Attach
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_2
)));
3256 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3262 Flist_Ref
=> New_Copy_Tree
(Flist
),
3263 With_Attach
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_2
)));
3267 Next_Elmt
(Coext_Elmt
);
3269 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization
;
3271 -------------------------
3272 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3273 -------------------------
3275 procedure Rewrite_Coextension
(N
: Node_Id
) is
3276 Temp
: constant Node_Id
:=
3277 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
3278 New_Internal_Name
('C'));
3281 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3283 Decl
: constant Node_Id
:=
3284 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
3285 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
3286 Aliased_Present
=> True,
3287 Object_Definition
=>
3288 New_Occurrence_Of
(Etyp
, Loc
));
3292 if Nkind
(Expression
(N
)) = N_Qualified_Expression
then
3293 Set_Expression
(Decl
, Expression
(Expression
(N
)));
3296 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3299 while Present
(Nod
) loop
3300 exit when Nkind
(Nod
) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3301 or else Nkind
(Nod
) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3302 or else Nkind
(Nod
) in N_Declaration
;
3303 Nod
:= Parent
(Nod
);
3306 Insert_Before
(Nod
, Decl
);
3310 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3311 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
),
3312 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
));
3314 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
3315 end Rewrite_Coextension
;
3317 ------------------------------
3318 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements --
3319 ------------------------------
3321 function Size_In_Storage_Elements
(E
: Entity_Id
) return Node_Id
is
3323 -- Logically this just returns E'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements.
3324 -- However, the reason for the existence of this function is
3325 -- to construct a test for sizes too large, which means near the
3326 -- 32-bit limit on a 32-bit machine, and precisely the trouble
3327 -- is that we get overflows when sizes are greater than 2**31.
3329 -- So what we end up doing for array types is to use the expression:
3331 -- number-of-elements * component_type'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
3333 -- which avoids this problem. All this is a big bogus, but it does
3334 -- mean we catch common cases of trying to allocate arrays that
3335 -- are too large, and which in the absence of a check results in
3336 -- undetected chaos ???
3343 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(E
) loop
3345 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3346 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(E
, Loc
),
3347 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
,
3348 Expressions
=> New_List
(
3349 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, J
)));
3356 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
3363 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
3366 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3367 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Component_Type
(E
), Loc
),
3368 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
));
3370 end Size_In_Storage_Elements
;
3372 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3375 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3376 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3378 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3380 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type
(N
);
3382 -- Set the Storage Pool
3384 Set_Storage_Pool
(N
, Associated_Storage_Pool
(Root_Type
(PtrT
)));
3386 if Present
(Storage_Pool
(N
)) then
3387 if Is_RTE
(Storage_Pool
(N
), RE_SS_Pool
) then
3388 if VM_Target
= No_VM
then
3389 Set_Procedure_To_Call
(N
, RTE
(RE_SS_Allocate
));
3392 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Etype
(Storage_Pool
(N
))) then
3393 Set_Procedure_To_Call
(N
, RTE
(RE_Allocate_Any
));
3396 Set_Procedure_To_Call
(N
,
3397 Find_Prim_Op
(Etype
(Storage_Pool
(N
)), Name_Allocate
));
3401 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3402 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3403 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3405 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3406 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3408 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3409 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3410 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3411 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3413 if Is_Access_Constant
(PtrT
)
3414 and then Nkind
(Expression
(N
)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3415 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Expression
(Expression
(N
)))
3416 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time
(Etype
(Expression
3418 and then not Is_Record_Type
(Current_Scope
)
3420 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3424 -- We insert an object declaration
3426 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3428 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3429 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3432 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('T'));
3434 Desig
:= Subtype_Mark
(Expression
(N
));
3436 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3437 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3438 -- unconstrained subtype.
3440 if Entity
(Desig
) = Base_Type
(Dtyp
) then
3441 Desig
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Dtyp
, Loc
);
3445 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
3446 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
3447 Aliased_Present
=> True,
3448 Constant_Present
=> Is_Access_Constant
(PtrT
),
3449 Object_Definition
=> Desig
,
3450 Expression
=> Expression
(Expression
(N
))));
3453 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
3454 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
),
3455 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
));
3457 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
3459 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3460 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3462 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated
(Temp
);
3466 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3467 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3468 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3470 if Is_Static_Coextension
(N
) then
3471 Rewrite_Coextension
(N
);
3475 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3476 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3477 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3479 if Is_Coextension_Root
(N
) then
3480 Complete_Coextension_Finalization
;
3483 -- Check for size too large, we do this because the back end misses
3484 -- proper checks here and can generate rubbish allocation calls when
3485 -- we are near the limit. We only do this for the 32-bit address case
3486 -- since that is from a practical point of view where we see a problem.
3488 if System_Address_Size
= 32
3489 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed
(PtrT
)
3490 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed
(Dtyp
)
3491 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed
(Etyp
)
3493 -- The check we want to generate should look like
3495 -- if Etyp'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements > 3.5 gigabytes then
3496 -- raise Storage_Error;
3499 -- where 3.5 gigabytes is a constant large enough to accomodate any
3500 -- reasonable request for. But we can't do it this way because at
3501 -- least at the moment we don't compute this attribute right, and
3502 -- can silently give wrong results when the result gets large. Since
3503 -- this is all about large results, that's bad, so instead we only
3504 -- apply the check for constrained arrays, and manually compute the
3505 -- value of the attribute ???
3507 if Is_Array_Type
(Etyp
) and then Is_Constrained
(Etyp
) then
3509 Make_Raise_Storage_Error
(Loc
,
3512 Left_Opnd
=> Size_In_Storage_Elements
(Etyp
),
3514 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
3515 Intval
=> Uint_7
* (Uint_2
** 29))),
3516 Reason
=> SE_Object_Too_Large
));
3520 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3521 -- First apply constraint checks, because the bounds or discriminants
3522 -- in the aggregate might not match the subtype mark in the allocator.
3524 if Nkind
(Expression
(N
)) = N_Qualified_Expression
then
3525 Apply_Constraint_Check
3526 (Expression
(Expression
(N
)), Etype
(Expression
(N
)));
3528 Expand_Allocator_Expression
(N
);
3532 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3533 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3534 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3535 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3537 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3539 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3540 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3541 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3542 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3543 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3544 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3545 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3548 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(Expression
(N
));
3556 Temp_Decl
: Node_Id
;
3557 Temp_Type
: Entity_Id
;
3558 Attach_Level
: Uint
;
3561 if No_Initialization
(N
) then
3564 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3566 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc
(T
) then
3568 -- Case of simple initialization required
3570 if Needs_Simple_Initialization
(T
) then
3571 Check_Restriction
(No_Default_Initialization
, N
);
3572 Rewrite
(Expression
(N
),
3573 Make_Qualified_Expression
(Loc
,
3574 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(T
, Loc
),
3575 Expression
=> Get_Simple_Init_Val
(T
, N
)));
3577 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Expression
(Expression
(N
)), T
);
3578 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Expression
(N
), T
);
3579 Set_Paren_Count
(Expression
(Expression
(N
)), 1);
3580 Expand_N_Allocator
(N
);
3582 -- No initialization required
3588 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3591 Check_Restriction
(No_Default_Initialization
, N
);
3593 if not Restriction_Active
(No_Default_Initialization
) then
3594 Init
:= Base_Init_Proc
(T
);
3596 Temp
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('P'));
3598 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3601 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
3602 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
3603 Set_Assignment_OK
(Arg1
);
3606 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3607 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3608 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3610 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Dtyp
) then
3611 Arg1
:= Unchecked_Convert_To
(T
, Arg1
);
3614 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3615 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3616 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3617 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3618 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3621 if Is_Concurrent_Type
(T
) then
3623 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Corresponding_Record_Type
(T
), Arg1
);
3625 elsif Is_Private_Type
(T
)
3626 and then Present
(Full_View
(T
))
3627 and then Is_Concurrent_Type
(Full_View
(T
))
3630 Unchecked_Convert_To
3631 (Corresponding_Record_Type
(Full_View
(T
)), Arg1
);
3633 elsif Etype
(First_Formal
(Init
)) /= Base_Type
(T
) then
3635 Ftyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Formal
(Init
));
3637 Arg1
:= OK_Convert_To
(Etype
(Ftyp
), Arg1
);
3638 Set_Etype
(Arg1
, Ftyp
);
3642 Args
:= New_List
(Arg1
);
3644 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3645 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3646 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3647 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3649 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3650 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3651 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3653 if Has_Task
(T
) then
3654 if No
(Master_Id
(Base_Type
(PtrT
))) then
3656 -- If we have a non-library level task with restriction
3657 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3659 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity
(T
)
3660 and then Restriction_Active
(No_Task_Hierarchy
)
3665 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3666 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3668 pragma Assert
(Present
(Parent
(Base_Type
(PtrT
))));
3669 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3670 (Parent
(Base_Type
(PtrT
)));
3673 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3674 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3675 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3676 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3677 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3678 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3680 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
then
3682 Nam
: constant Node_Id
:= Name
(Parent
(N
));
3685 if Is_Entity_Name
(Nam
) then
3687 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3690 (Entity
(Nam
), Sloc
(Nam
)), T
);
3693 (Nam
, N_Indexed_Component
, N_Selected_Component
)
3694 and then Is_Entity_Name
(Prefix
(Nam
))
3697 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3698 (Loc
, Nam
, Etype
(Prefix
(Nam
)));
3700 Decls
:= Build_Task_Image_Decls
(Loc
, T
, T
);
3704 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Object_Declaration
then
3706 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3707 (Loc
, Defining_Identifier
(Parent
(N
)), T
);
3710 Decls
:= Build_Task_Image_Decls
(Loc
, T
, T
);
3715 (Master_Id
(Base_Type
(Root_Type
(PtrT
))), Loc
));
3716 Append_To
(Args
, Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uChain
));
3718 Decl
:= Last
(Decls
);
3720 New_Occurrence_Of
(Defining_Identifier
(Decl
), Loc
));
3722 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3728 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3731 Dis
: Boolean := False;
3735 if Has_Discriminants
(T
) then
3739 elsif Is_Private_Type
(T
)
3740 and then Present
(Full_View
(T
))
3741 and then Has_Discriminants
(Full_View
(T
))
3744 Typ
:= Full_View
(T
);
3749 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3750 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3751 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3752 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3755 if not Is_Constrained
(Typ
)
3756 and then Present
(Discriminant_Default_Value
3757 (First_Discriminant
(Typ
)))
3758 and then (Ada_Version
< Ada_05
3760 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View
(Typ
))
3762 Typ
:= Build_Default_Subtype
(Typ
, N
);
3763 Set_Expression
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
));
3766 Discr
:= First_Elmt
(Discriminant_Constraint
(Typ
));
3767 while Present
(Discr
) loop
3768 Nod
:= Node
(Discr
);
3769 Append
(New_Copy_Tree
(Node
(Discr
)), Args
);
3771 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3772 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3773 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3775 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
3777 Ekind
(Etype
(Nod
)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3779 Apply_Accessibility_Check
3780 (Nod
, Typ
, Insert_Node
=> Nod
);
3788 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3789 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3790 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3792 Set_Analyzed
(N
, True);
3793 Nod
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
3795 -- Here is the transformation:
3797 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3798 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3799 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3800 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3802 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3803 -- subtype of the allocator.
3806 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
3807 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
3808 Constant_Present
=> True,
3809 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp_Type
, Loc
),
3812 Set_Assignment_OK
(Temp_Decl
);
3813 Insert_Action
(N
, Temp_Decl
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
3815 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3816 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3817 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3819 if Has_Task
(T
) then
3821 L
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
3824 Build_Task_Allocate_Block
(L
, Nod
, Args
);
3826 Insert_List_Before
(First
(Declarations
(Blk
)), Decls
);
3827 Insert_Actions
(N
, L
);
3832 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
3833 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Init
, Loc
),
3834 Parameter_Associations
=> Args
));
3837 if Needs_Finalization
(T
) then
3839 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3840 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3842 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension
(N
) then
3843 if No
(Coextensions
(N
)) then
3844 Set_Coextensions
(N
, New_Elmt_List
);
3847 Append_Elmt
(New_Copy_Tree
(Arg1
), Coextensions
(N
));
3851 Get_Allocator_Final_List
(N
, Base_Type
(T
), PtrT
);
3853 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3854 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3855 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3856 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3857 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3858 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3859 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3860 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3862 if Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
then
3863 Attach_Level
:= Uint_1
;
3865 Attach_Level
:= Uint_2
;
3870 Ref
=> New_Copy_Tree
(Arg1
),
3873 With_Attach
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
,
3874 Intval
=> Attach_Level
)));
3878 Rewrite
(N
, New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
3879 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, PtrT
);
3884 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3885 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3886 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3888 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Identifier
3889 and then Is_Interface
(Dtyp
)
3891 Displace_Allocator_Pointer
(N
);
3895 when RE_Not_Available
=>
3897 end Expand_N_Allocator
;
3899 -----------------------
3900 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3901 -----------------------
3903 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also deal
3904 -- with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
3906 procedure Expand_N_And_Then
(N
: Node_Id
) is
3907 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
3908 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
3909 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
3910 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
3914 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
3916 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
3917 Adjust_Condition
(Left
);
3918 Adjust_Condition
(Right
);
3919 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
3922 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
3924 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Left
) then
3926 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to Right.
3927 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
3928 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
3930 if Expr_Value_E
(Left
) = Standard_True
then
3931 if Present
(Actions
(N
)) then
3932 Insert_Actions
(N
, Actions
(N
));
3937 -- If left argument is False, change (False and then Right) to False.
3938 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
3939 -- since they will never be executed.
3941 else pragma Assert
(Expr_Value_E
(Left
) = Standard_False
);
3942 Kill_Dead_Code
(Right
);
3943 Kill_Dead_Code
(Actions
(N
));
3944 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
3947 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
3951 -- If Actions are present, we expand
3953 -- left and then right
3957 -- if left then right else false end
3959 -- with the actions becoming the Then_Actions of the conditional
3960 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
3961 -- (and will eventually disappear)
3963 if Present
(Actions
(N
)) then
3964 Actlist
:= Actions
(N
);
3966 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
3967 Expressions
=> New_List
(
3970 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
))));
3972 -- If the right part of the expression is a function call then it can
3973 -- be part of the expansion of the predefined equality operator of a
3974 -- tagged type and we may need to adjust its SCIL dispatching node.
3977 and then Nkind
(Right
) = N_Function_Call
3979 Adjust_SCIL_Node
(N
, Right
);
3982 Set_Then_Actions
(N
, Actlist
);
3983 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
3984 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
3988 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
3990 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
) then
3992 -- Change (Left and then True) to Left. Note that we know there are
3993 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
3994 -- for this case above.
3996 if Expr_Value_E
(Right
) = Standard_True
then
3999 -- Change (Left and then False) to False, making sure to preserve any
4000 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
4002 else pragma Assert
(Expr_Value_E
(Right
) = Standard_False
);
4003 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
4004 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
4008 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
4009 end Expand_N_And_Then
;
4011 -------------------------------------
4012 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
4013 -------------------------------------
4015 -- Expand into expression actions if then/else actions present
4017 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4018 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4019 Cond
: constant Node_Id
:= First
(Expressions
(N
));
4020 Thenx
: constant Node_Id
:= Next
(Cond
);
4021 Elsex
: constant Node_Id
:= Next
(Thenx
);
4022 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4031 -- If either then or else actions are present, then given:
4033 -- if cond then then-expr else else-expr end
4035 -- we insert the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
4040 -- Cnn := then-expr;
4046 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
4048 -- If the type is limited or unconstrained, the above expansion is
4049 -- not legal, because it involves either an uninitialized object
4050 -- or an illegal assignment. Instead, we generate:
4052 -- type Ptr is access all Typ;
4056 -- Cnn := then-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4059 -- Cnn := else-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4062 -- and replace the conditional expresion by a reference to Cnn.all.
4064 if Is_By_Reference_Type
(Typ
) then
4065 Cnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C', N
);
4068 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
4069 Defining_Identifier
=>
4070 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('A')),
4072 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
4073 All_Present
=> True,
4074 Subtype_Indication
=>
4075 New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)));
4077 Insert_Action
(N
, P_Decl
);
4080 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
4081 Defining_Identifier
=> Cnn
,
4082 Object_Definition
=>
4083 New_Occurrence_Of
(Defining_Identifier
(P_Decl
), Loc
));
4086 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(N
,
4087 Condition
=> Relocate_Node
(Cond
),
4089 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
4090 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Thenx
),
4091 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Thenx
)),
4093 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4094 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
,
4095 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Thenx
)))),
4097 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
4098 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Elsex
),
4099 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Elsex
)),
4101 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4102 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Unrestricted_Access
,
4103 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Elsex
)))));
4106 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
4107 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Loc
));
4109 -- For other types, we only need to expand if there are other actions
4110 -- associated with either branch.
4112 elsif Present
(Then_Actions
(N
)) or else Present
(Else_Actions
(N
)) then
4113 Cnn
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'C', N
);
4116 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
4117 Defining_Identifier
=> Cnn
,
4118 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
));
4121 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(N
,
4122 Condition
=> Relocate_Node
(Cond
),
4124 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
4125 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Thenx
),
4126 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Thenx
)),
4127 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Thenx
))),
4129 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
4130 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Sloc
(Elsex
),
4131 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Sloc
(Elsex
)),
4132 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Elsex
))));
4134 Set_Assignment_OK
(Name
(First
(Then_Statements
(New_If
))));
4135 Set_Assignment_OK
(Name
(First
(Else_Statements
(New_If
))));
4137 New_N
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Cnn
, Loc
);
4140 -- No expansion needed, gigi handles it like a C conditional
4146 -- Move the SLOC of the parent If statement to the newly created one and
4147 -- change it to the SLOC of the expression which, after expansion, will
4148 -- correspond to what is being evaluated.
4150 if Present
(Parent
(N
))
4151 and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_If_Statement
4153 Set_Sloc
(New_If
, Sloc
(Parent
(N
)));
4154 Set_Sloc
(Parent
(N
), Loc
);
4157 -- Make sure Then_Actions and Else_Actions are appropriately moved
4158 -- to the new if statement.
4160 if Present
(Then_Actions
(N
)) then
4162 (First
(Then_Statements
(New_If
)), Then_Actions
(N
));
4165 if Present
(Else_Actions
(N
)) then
4167 (First
(Else_Statements
(New_If
)), Else_Actions
(N
));
4170 Insert_Action
(N
, Decl
);
4171 Insert_Action
(N
, New_If
);
4173 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4174 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression
;
4176 -----------------------------------
4177 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
4178 -----------------------------------
4180 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4182 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
4184 Insert_Dereference_Action
(Prefix
(N
));
4185 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference
;
4191 procedure Expand_N_In
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4192 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4193 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4194 Lop
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
4195 Rop
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
4196 Static
: constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression
(N
);
4198 procedure Expand_Set_Membership
;
4199 -- For each disjunct we create a simple equality or membership test.
4200 -- The whole membership is rewritten as a short-circuit disjunction.
4202 ---------------------------
4203 -- Expand_Set_Membership --
4204 ---------------------------
4206 procedure Expand_Set_Membership
is
4210 function Make_Cond
(Alt
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
;
4211 -- If the alternative is a subtype mark, create a simple membership
4212 -- test. Otherwise create an equality test for it.
4218 function Make_Cond
(Alt
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
is
4220 L
: constant Node_Id
:= New_Copy
(Lop
);
4221 R
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Alt
);
4224 if Is_Entity_Name
(Alt
)
4225 and then Is_Type
(Entity
(Alt
))
4228 Make_In
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4232 Cond
:= Make_Op_Eq
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4240 -- Start of proessing for Expand_N_In
4243 Alt
:= Last
(Alternatives
(N
));
4244 Res
:= Make_Cond
(Alt
);
4247 while Present
(Alt
) loop
4249 Make_Or_Else
(Sloc
(Alt
),
4250 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Cond
(Alt
),
4256 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
4257 end Expand_Set_Membership
;
4259 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4260 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
4261 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
4263 ----------------------------
4264 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
4265 ----------------------------
4267 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check
is
4270 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4271 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Lop
),
4272 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Valid
));
4274 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4276 Error_Msg_N
("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N
);
4277 Error_Msg_N
("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N
);
4279 end Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4281 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
4285 if Present
(Alternatives
(N
)) then
4286 Remove_Side_Effects
(Lop
);
4287 Expand_Set_Membership
;
4291 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
4292 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
4293 -- test and give a warning.
4295 if Is_Scalar_Type
(Etype
(Lop
))
4296 and then Nkind
(Rop
) in N_Has_Entity
4297 and then Etype
(Lop
) = Entity
(Rop
)
4298 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4299 and then VM_Target
= No_VM
4301 Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4305 -- Do validity check on operands
4307 if Validity_Checks_On
and Validity_Check_Operands
then
4308 Ensure_Valid
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
4309 Validity_Check_Range
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
4312 -- Case of explicit range
4314 if Nkind
(Rop
) = N_Range
then
4316 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Low_Bound
(Rop
);
4317 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= High_Bound
(Rop
);
4319 Ltyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lop
);
4321 Lo_Orig
: constant Node_Id
:= Original_Node
(Lo
);
4322 Hi_Orig
: constant Node_Id
:= Original_Node
(Hi
);
4324 Lcheck
: Compare_Result
;
4325 Ucheck
: Compare_Result
;
4327 Warn1
: constant Boolean :=
4328 Constant_Condition_Warnings
4329 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4330 and then not In_Instance
;
4331 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
4332 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on.
4333 -- We also skip these warnings in an instance since it may be
4334 -- the case that different instantiations have different ranges.
4336 Warn2
: constant Boolean :=
4338 and then Nkind
(Original_Node
(Rop
)) = N_Range
4339 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Lo
));
4340 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
4341 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
4342 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
4343 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds
4344 -- is the same as the type of the expression.
4347 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
4349 if Is_Scalar_Type
(Ltyp
)
4350 and then Nkind
(Lo_Orig
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4351 and then Attribute_Name
(Lo_Orig
) = Name_First
4352 and then Nkind
(Prefix
(Lo_Orig
)) in N_Has_Entity
4353 and then Entity
(Prefix
(Lo_Orig
)) = Ltyp
4354 and then Nkind
(Hi_Orig
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4355 and then Attribute_Name
(Hi_Orig
) = Name_Last
4356 and then Nkind
(Prefix
(Hi_Orig
)) in N_Has_Entity
4357 and then Entity
(Prefix
(Hi_Orig
)) = Ltyp
4358 and then Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4359 and then VM_Target
= No_VM
4361 Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4365 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
4366 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
4367 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
4368 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
4370 if Comes_From_Source
(N
)
4371 and then Is_Discrete_Type
(Ltyp
)
4372 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Ltyp
))
4373 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Ltyp
))
4374 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
)
4375 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
)
4376 and then Expr_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Ltyp
)) = Expr_Value
(Hi
)
4377 and then Expr_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Ltyp
)) = Expr_Value
(Lo
)
4379 -- Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
4380 -- have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
4381 -- and not with other types.
4383 and then not In_Instance
4385 Substitute_Valid_Check
;
4389 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based
4390 -- on range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
4392 Lcheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Lo
, Assume_Valid
=> False);
4393 Ucheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> False);
4395 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
4396 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
4397 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
4399 if Lcheck
= LT
or else Ucheck
= GT
then
4401 Error_Msg_N
("?range test optimized away", N
);
4402 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be out of range", N
);
4406 New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
4407 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4408 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, Static
);
4412 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
4413 -- since we know we are in range.
4415 elsif Lcheck
in Compare_GE
and then Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4417 Error_Msg_N
("?range test optimized away", N
);
4418 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be in range", N
);
4422 New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
));
4423 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4424 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, Static
);
4428 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
4429 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4430 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
4432 elsif Lcheck
in Compare_GE
then
4433 if Warn2
and then not In_Instance
then
4434 Error_Msg_N
("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo
);
4435 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be in range", Lo
);
4441 Right_Opnd
=> High_Bound
(Rop
)));
4442 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4446 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
4447 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4448 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
4450 elsif Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4451 if Warn2
and then not In_Instance
then
4452 Error_Msg_N
("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi
);
4453 Error_Msg_N
("\?value is known to be in range", Hi
);
4459 Right_Opnd
=> Low_Bound
(Rop
)));
4460 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4465 -- We couldn't optimize away the range check, but there is one
4466 -- more issue. If we are checking constant conditionals, then we
4467 -- see if we can determine the outcome assuming everything is
4468 -- valid, and if so give an appropriate warning.
4470 if Warn1
and then not Assume_No_Invalid_Values
then
4471 Lcheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Lo
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
4472 Ucheck
:= Compile_Time_Compare
(Lop
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
4474 -- Result is out of range for valid value
4476 if Lcheck
= LT
or else Ucheck
= GT
then
4478 ("?value can only be in range if it is invalid", N
);
4480 -- Result is in range for valid value
4482 elsif Lcheck
in Compare_GE
and then Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4484 ("?value can only be out of range if it is invalid", N
);
4486 -- Lower bound check succeeds if value is valid
4488 elsif Warn2
and then Lcheck
in Compare_GE
then
4490 ("?lower bound check only fails if it is invalid", Lo
);
4492 -- Upper bound check succeeds if value is valid
4494 elsif Warn2
and then Ucheck
in Compare_LE
then
4496 ("?upper bound check only fails for invalid values", Hi
);
4501 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
4505 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
4509 Typ
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Rop
);
4510 Is_Acc
: constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type
(Typ
);
4511 Cond
: Node_Id
:= Empty
;
4513 Obj
: Node_Id
:= Lop
;
4514 SCIL_Node
: Node_Id
;
4517 Remove_Side_Effects
(Obj
);
4519 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
4521 if Is_Tagged_Type
(Typ
) then
4523 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
4524 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
4525 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
4526 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
4528 if Tagged_Type_Expansion
then
4529 Tagged_Membership
(N
, SCIL_Node
, New_N
);
4531 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4533 -- Update decoration of relocated node referenced by the
4537 and then Present
(SCIL_Node
)
4539 Set_SCIL_Related_Node
(SCIL_Node
, N
);
4540 Insert_Action
(N
, SCIL_Node
);
4546 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
4547 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4548 -- type if they come from the original type definition. Also this
4549 -- way we get all the processing above for an explicit range.
4551 elsif Is_Scalar_Type
(Typ
) then
4555 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4556 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
,
4557 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
4560 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4561 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
,
4562 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))));
4563 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4566 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4567 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4568 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4571 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Typ
))
4572 and then Is_Constrained
(Typ
)
4573 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Lop
)
4576 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
4577 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
));
4579 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
4580 -- the test as a standard False.
4583 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
4588 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4591 Typ
:= Designated_Type
(Typ
);
4594 if not Is_Constrained
(Typ
) then
4596 New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
));
4597 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4599 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4600 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4601 -- must match in any case).
4603 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Typ
) then
4605 Check_Subscripts
: declare
4606 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4609 Dim
: Nat
) return Node_Id
;
4610 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam(Dim)
4612 -----------------------------------
4613 -- Construct_Attribute_Reference --
4614 -----------------------------------
4616 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4619 Dim
: Nat
) return Node_Id
4623 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4625 Attribute_Name
=> Nam
,
4626 Expressions
=> New_List
(
4627 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Dim
)));
4628 end Construct_Attribute_Reference
;
4630 -- Start of processing for Check_Subscripts
4633 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Typ
) loop
4634 Evolve_And_Then
(Cond
,
4637 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4638 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Obj
),
4641 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4642 (New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
), Name_First
, J
)));
4644 Evolve_And_Then
(Cond
,
4647 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4648 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Obj
),
4651 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4652 (New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
), Name_Last
, J
)));
4661 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Null
(Loc
)),
4662 Right_Opnd
=> Cond
);
4666 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4667 end Check_Subscripts
;
4669 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4670 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4673 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4674 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4675 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4677 Obj
:= Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
4679 if Has_Discriminants
(Typ
) then
4680 Cond
:= Make_Op_Not
(Loc
,
4681 Right_Opnd
=> Build_Discriminant_Checks
(Obj
, Typ
));
4684 Cond
:= Make_Or_Else
(Loc
,
4688 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Null
(Loc
)),
4689 Right_Opnd
=> Cond
);
4693 Cond
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
);
4697 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Rtyp
);
4703 --------------------------------
4704 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4705 --------------------------------
4707 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4708 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4709 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4710 P
: constant Node_Id
:= Prefix
(N
);
4711 T
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(P
);
4714 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4715 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4716 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4717 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4718 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4719 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4720 -- the subtype of the slice.
4722 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4723 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4724 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4725 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4727 if Nkind
(P
) = N_Slice
then
4729 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
4730 Prefix
=> Prefix
(P
),
4731 Expressions
=> New_List
(
4733 (Etype
(First_Index
(Etype
(P
))),
4734 First
(Expressions
(N
))))));
4735 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4739 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4740 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4742 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
4743 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(P
)
4745 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context
(P
);
4748 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4749 -- as an explicit dereference. This simplifies processing for several
4750 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4751 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4752 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4754 if Is_Access_Type
(T
) then
4755 Insert_Explicit_Dereference
(P
);
4756 Analyze_And_Resolve
(P
, Designated_Type
(T
));
4759 -- Generate index and validity checks
4761 Generate_Index_Checks
(N
);
4763 if Validity_Checks_On
and then Validity_Check_Subscripts
then
4764 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks
(N
);
4767 -- All done for the non-packed case
4769 if not Is_Packed
(Etype
(Prefix
(N
))) then
4773 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4774 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4775 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4777 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Etype
(Prefix
(N
))) then
4778 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference
(N
);
4782 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4783 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4784 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4786 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4787 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4788 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4790 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4791 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4793 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4794 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4796 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4798 -- The prefix of an address or size attribute reference
4800 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4803 Child
: Node_Id
:= N
;
4804 Parnt
: Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
4808 if Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Unchecked_Expression
then
4811 elsif Nkind_In
(Parnt
, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration
,
4812 N_Procedure_Call_Statement
)
4813 or else (Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Parameter_Association
4815 Nkind
(Parent
(Parnt
)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
)
4819 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4820 and then (Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Address
4822 Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Size
)
4823 and then Prefix
(Parnt
) = Child
4827 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Assignment_Statement
4828 and then Name
(Parnt
) = Child
4832 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
4833 -- be expanded regardless of context.
4835 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Indexed_Component
4836 and then Child
/= Prefix
(Parnt
)
4838 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference
(N
);
4841 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(Parnt
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4842 and then Name
(Parent
(Parnt
)) = Parnt
4846 elsif Nkind
(Parnt
) = N_Attribute_Reference
4847 and then Attribute_Name
(Parnt
) = Name_Read
4848 and then Next
(First
(Expressions
(Parnt
))) = Child
4852 elsif Nkind_In
(Parnt
, N_Indexed_Component
, N_Selected_Component
)
4853 and then Prefix
(Parnt
) = Child
4858 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference
(N
);
4862 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
4863 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4866 Parnt
:= Parent
(Child
);
4869 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component
;
4871 ---------------------
4872 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4873 ---------------------
4875 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4876 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4878 procedure Expand_N_Not_In
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4879 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4880 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4881 Cfs
: constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source
(N
);
4888 Left_Opnd
=> Left_Opnd
(N
),
4889 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
))));
4891 -- If this is a set membership, preserve list of alternatives
4893 Set_Alternatives
(Right_Opnd
(N
), Alternatives
(Original_Node
(N
)));
4895 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4896 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
4898 Set_Comes_From_Source
(N
, Cfs
);
4899 Set_Comes_From_Source
(Right_Opnd
(N
), Cfs
);
4901 -- Now analyze transformed node
4903 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
4904 end Expand_N_Not_In
;
4910 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type that is
4911 -- an access to protected subprogram. We represent such access values as a
4912 -- record, and so we must replace the occurrence of null by the equivalent
4913 -- record (with a null address and a null pointer in it), so that the
4914 -- backend creates the proper value.
4916 procedure Expand_N_Null
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4917 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4918 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4922 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type
(Typ
) then
4924 Make_Aggregate
(Loc
,
4925 Expressions
=> New_List
(
4926 New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(RE_Null_Address
), Loc
),
4930 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Equivalent_Type
(Typ
));
4932 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
4933 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
4934 -- type before processing the node.
4940 when RE_Not_Available
=>
4944 ---------------------
4945 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
4946 ---------------------
4948 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4949 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
4950 Expr
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
4953 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
4955 -- Deal with software overflow checking
4957 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
4958 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
4959 and then Do_Overflow_Check
(N
)
4961 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
4962 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
4964 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
4966 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
4969 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error
(Loc
,
4972 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Expr
),
4974 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
4976 New_Occurrence_Of
(Base_Type
(Etype
(Expr
)), Loc
),
4977 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
)),
4978 Reason
=> CE_Overflow_Check_Failed
));
4981 -- Vax floating-point types case
4983 if Vax_Float
(Etype
(N
)) then
4984 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
4986 end Expand_N_Op_Abs
;
4988 ---------------------
4989 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
4990 ---------------------
4992 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add
(N
: Node_Id
) is
4993 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
4996 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
4998 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
5000 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
5001 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
5002 and then Expr_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
)) = Uint_0
5004 Rewrite
(N
, Left_Opnd
(N
));
5007 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Left_Opnd
(N
))
5008 and then Expr_Value
(Left_Opnd
(N
)) = Uint_0
5010 Rewrite
(N
, Right_Opnd
(N
));
5015 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
5017 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
5018 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
)
5020 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check
(N
);
5023 -- Vax floating-point types case
5025 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
5026 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
5028 end Expand_N_Op_Add
;
5030 ---------------------
5031 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
5032 ---------------------
5034 procedure Expand_N_Op_And
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5035 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5038 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5040 if Is_Array_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
5041 Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
5043 elsif Is_Boolean_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
5045 -- Replace AND by AND THEN if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
5046 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
5047 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
5049 if Short_Circuit_And_Or
and then Typ
= Standard_Boolean
then
5051 Make_And_Then
(Sloc
(N
),
5052 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
)),
5053 Right_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
))));
5054 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
5056 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
5059 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
5060 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
5061 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
5062 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
5065 end Expand_N_Op_And
;
5067 ------------------------
5068 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
5069 ------------------------
5071 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5073 -- List of operands to be concatenated
5076 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
5077 -- in the list Opnds.
5080 -- Ensure validity of both operands
5082 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5084 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
5085 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
5086 -- concatenations as a unit.
5088 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Op_Concat
5089 and then N
= Left_Opnd
(Parent
(N
))
5094 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
5095 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
5096 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
5097 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
5100 while Nkind
(Left_Opnd
(Cnode
)) = N_Op_Concat
loop
5101 Cnode
:= Left_Opnd
(Cnode
);
5104 -- Now Opnd is the deepest Opnd, and its parents are the concatenation
5105 -- nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the operations. We
5106 -- gather a string that is as long as possible up to five operands
5108 -- The outer loop runs more than once if more than one concatenation
5109 -- type is involved.
5112 Opnds
:= New_List
(Left_Opnd
(Cnode
), Right_Opnd
(Cnode
));
5113 Set_Parent
(Opnds
, N
);
5115 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands
5117 Inner
: while Cnode
/= N
5118 and then Base_Type
(Etype
(Cnode
)) =
5119 Base_Type
(Etype
(Parent
(Cnode
)))
5121 Cnode
:= Parent
(Cnode
);
5122 Append
(Right_Opnd
(Cnode
), Opnds
);
5125 Expand_Concatenate
(Cnode
, Opnds
);
5127 exit Outer
when Cnode
= N
;
5128 Cnode
:= Parent
(Cnode
);
5130 end Expand_N_Op_Concat
;
5132 ------------------------
5133 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
5134 ------------------------
5136 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5137 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5138 Lopnd
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
5139 Ropnd
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
5140 Ltyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lopnd
);
5141 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Ropnd
);
5142 Typ
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5143 Rknow
: constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
5145 Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Ropnd
);
5149 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5152 Rval
:= Expr_Value
(Ropnd
);
5155 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
5157 if Rknow
and then Rval
= Uint_1
then
5162 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
5163 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5164 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
5166 if Nkind
(Ropnd
) = N_Op_Expon
5167 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(Ropnd
)
5169 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
5170 -- have 64-bit -- integers and long shifts are not available.
5174 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
)
5177 Make_Op_Shift_Right
(Loc
,
5180 Convert_To
(Standard_Natural
, Right_Opnd
(Ropnd
))));
5181 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
5185 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
5187 if Typ
= Universal_Fixed
then
5188 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
);
5192 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
5194 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
) then
5196 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
5197 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
5198 -- operations and will be treated that way.
5200 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
) then
5201 if Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
5202 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
5204 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
5208 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
5209 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
5211 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Ltyp
) or else
5212 Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Rtyp
))
5213 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
)
5215 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
5216 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer
(N
);
5218 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Typ
));
5219 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float
(N
);
5222 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
5223 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
5225 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
5226 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
)
5229 Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Ropnd
)));
5231 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Ropnd
, Universal_Real
);
5233 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
5234 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Ltyp
)
5237 Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Lopnd
)));
5239 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Lopnd
, Universal_Real
);
5241 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
5243 elsif Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
5244 Apply_Divide_Check
(N
);
5246 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
5247 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
5250 if Esize
(Ltyp
) > 32
5251 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
5254 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
5255 or else (Rval
/= Uint_2
and then
5256 Rval
/= Uint_4
and then
5257 Rval
/= Uint_8
and then
5258 Rval
/= Uint_16
and then
5259 Rval
/= Uint_32
and then
5262 Error_Msg_CRT
("64-bit division", N
);
5265 -- Deal with Vax_Float
5267 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
5268 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
5271 end Expand_N_Op_Divide
;
5273 --------------------
5274 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
5275 --------------------
5277 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5278 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5279 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5280 Lhs
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
5281 Rhs
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
5282 Bodies
: constant List_Id
:= New_List
;
5283 A_Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lhs
);
5285 Typl
: Entity_Id
:= A_Typ
;
5286 Op_Name
: Entity_Id
;
5289 procedure Build_Equality_Call
(Eq
: Entity_Id
);
5290 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
5291 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
5294 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
(Typ
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
5295 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
5296 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
5298 -------------------------
5299 -- Build_Equality_Call --
5300 -------------------------
5302 procedure Build_Equality_Call
(Eq
: Entity_Id
) is
5303 Op_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(First_Formal
(Eq
));
5304 L_Exp
: Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Lhs
);
5305 R_Exp
: Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Rhs
);
5308 if Base_Type
(Op_Type
) /= Base_Type
(A_Typ
)
5309 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(A_Typ
)
5311 L_Exp
:= OK_Convert_To
(Op_Type
, L_Exp
);
5312 R_Exp
:= OK_Convert_To
(Op_Type
, R_Exp
);
5315 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
5316 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
5317 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
5318 -- inferable discriminants.
5320 if Is_Unchecked_Union
(Op_Type
) then
5322 Lhs_Type
: constant Node_Id
:= Etype
(L_Exp
);
5323 Rhs_Type
: constant Node_Id
:= Etype
(R_Exp
);
5324 Lhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
5325 Rhs_Discr_Val
: Node_Id
;
5328 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
5329 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
5330 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
5331 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
5332 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
5334 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
5337 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
5339 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5341 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
5343 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5345 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
5346 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
5348 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
5349 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
5351 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
5355 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
5357 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
5358 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
5359 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
5361 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5364 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
5367 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5369 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5371 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5372 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
5374 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
5378 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
5379 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
5381 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
5382 -- the enclosing record.
5386 if Nkind
(Lhs
) = N_Selected_Component
5387 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5388 (Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
)))
5390 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
5392 if Is_Unchecked_Union
(Scope
5393 (Entity
(Selector_Name
(Lhs
))))
5396 Make_Identifier
(Loc
,
5399 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
5400 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
5404 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
5405 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Lhs
),
5408 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5409 (First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
5411 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
))));
5414 -- Comment needed here ???
5417 -- Infer the discriminant value
5421 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5422 (First_Discriminant
(Lhs_Type
),
5424 Stored_Constraint
(Lhs_Type
)));
5429 if Nkind
(Rhs
) = N_Selected_Component
5430 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5431 (Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
)))
5433 if Is_Unchecked_Union
5434 (Scope
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(Rhs
))))
5437 Make_Identifier
(Loc
,
5442 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
5443 Prefix
=> Prefix
(Rhs
),
5445 New_Copy
(Get_Discriminant_Value
(
5446 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
5448 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
))));
5453 New_Copy
(Get_Discriminant_Value
(
5454 First_Discriminant
(Rhs_Type
),
5456 Stored_Constraint
(Rhs_Type
)));
5461 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
5462 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq
, Loc
),
5463 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
5470 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
5474 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
5475 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Eq
, Loc
),
5476 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(L_Exp
, R_Exp
)));
5479 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5480 end Build_Equality_Call
;
5482 ------------------------------------
5483 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5484 ------------------------------------
5486 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5487 (Typ
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
5489 Tdef
: constant Node_Id
:=
5490 Type_Definition
(Declaration_Node
(Base_Type
(Typ
)));
5494 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5495 (Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
5496 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5497 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5499 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5500 (Variant
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
5501 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5502 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5504 -----------------------------------
5505 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5506 -----------------------------------
5508 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5509 (Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
5512 if Nkind
(Comp
) /= N_Component_Declaration
then
5517 Sindic
: constant Node_Id
:=
5518 Subtype_Indication
(Component_Definition
(Comp
));
5521 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5522 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5524 if Nkind
(Sindic
) = N_Identifier
then
5525 return Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Etype
(Sindic
)));
5530 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
;
5532 ---------------------------------
5533 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5534 ---------------------------------
5536 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5537 (Variant
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
5539 Clist
: constant Node_Id
:= Component_List
(Variant
);
5542 if Is_Empty_List
(Component_Items
(Clist
)) then
5546 -- We only need to test one component
5549 Comp
: Node_Id
:= First
(Component_Items
(Clist
));
5552 while Present
(Comp
) loop
5553 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
(Comp
) then
5561 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5562 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5565 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
;
5567 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5570 if Null_Present
(Tdef
) then
5574 Clist
:= Component_List
(Tdef
);
5575 Vpart
:= Variant_Part
(Clist
);
5577 -- Inspect available components
5579 if Present
(Component_Items
(Clist
)) then
5581 Comp
: Node_Id
:= First
(Component_Items
(Clist
));
5584 while Present
(Comp
) loop
5586 -- One component is sufficient
5588 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
(Comp
) then
5597 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5599 if Present
(Vpart
) then
5601 Variant
: Node_Id
:= First
(Variants
(Vpart
));
5604 while Present
(Variant
) loop
5606 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5608 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
(Variant
) then
5617 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5618 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5621 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
;
5623 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5626 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5628 if Ekind
(Typl
) = E_Private_Type
then
5629 Typl
:= Underlying_Type
(Typl
);
5630 elsif Ekind
(Typl
) = E_Private_Subtype
then
5631 Typl
:= Underlying_Type
(Base_Type
(Typl
));
5636 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5637 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5644 Typl
:= Base_Type
(Typl
);
5646 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5648 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typl
) then
5649 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
5650 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
5651 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
5652 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
5656 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Typl
) then
5658 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5659 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5660 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5662 if Validity_Check_Operands
5663 and then not Is_Known_Valid
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5666 Save_Force_Validity_Checks
: constant Boolean :=
5667 Force_Validity_Checks
;
5669 Force_Validity_Checks
:= True;
5671 Expand_Array_Equality
5673 Relocate_Node
(Lhs
),
5674 Relocate_Node
(Rhs
),
5677 Insert_Actions
(N
, Bodies
);
5678 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
5679 Force_Validity_Checks
:= Save_Force_Validity_Checks
;
5682 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5684 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typl
)
5685 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Lhs
)
5686 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Rhs
)
5688 Expand_Packed_Eq
(N
);
5690 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5691 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5692 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5693 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5694 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5696 elsif Is_Elementary_Type
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5697 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5698 and then not Is_Atomic
(Component_Type
(Typl
))
5699 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Lhs
)
5700 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Rhs
)
5701 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5705 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5706 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5707 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5711 Expand_Array_Equality
5713 Relocate_Node
(Lhs
),
5714 Relocate_Node
(Rhs
),
5717 Insert_Actions
(N
, Bodies
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5718 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5723 elsif Is_Record_Type
(Typl
) then
5725 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5727 if Is_Tagged_Type
(Typl
) then
5729 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5730 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5731 -- already notified such violation.
5733 if Restriction_Active
(No_Dispatching_Calls
) then
5737 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5738 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5739 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5740 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5742 if Is_Private_Type
(A_Typ
)
5743 and then not Is_Tagged_Type
(A_Typ
)
5744 and then Is_Derived_Type
(A_Typ
)
5745 and then No
(Full_View
(A_Typ
))
5747 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5748 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5749 -- or something is very wrong!
5751 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Collect_Primitive_Operations
(A_Typ
));
5753 while Present
(Prim
) loop
5754 exit when Chars
(Node
(Prim
)) = Name_Op_Eq
5755 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))) =
5756 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))))
5758 Base_Type
(Etype
(Node
(Prim
))) = Standard_Boolean
;
5763 pragma Assert
(Present
(Prim
));
5764 Op_Name
:= Node
(Prim
);
5766 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5767 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5768 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5769 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5770 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5771 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5774 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Typl
) then
5775 Typl
:= Root_Type
(Typl
);
5778 Prim
:= First_Elmt
(Primitive_Operations
(Typl
));
5779 while Present
(Prim
) loop
5780 exit when Chars
(Node
(Prim
)) = Name_Op_Eq
5781 and then Etype
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))) =
5782 Etype
(Next_Formal
(First_Formal
(Node
(Prim
))))
5784 Base_Type
(Etype
(Node
(Prim
))) = Standard_Boolean
;
5789 pragma Assert
(Present
(Prim
));
5790 Op_Name
:= Node
(Prim
);
5793 Build_Equality_Call
(Op_Name
);
5795 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5796 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5797 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5799 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
(Typl
) then
5801 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
5802 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
));
5804 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5805 -- equality as a standard False.
5808 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
5810 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union
(Typl
) then
5812 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5813 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5815 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Lhs
)
5817 Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Rhs
)
5820 (TSS
(Root_Type
(Typl
), TSS_Composite_Equality
));
5823 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5824 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5825 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5828 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
5829 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
));
5831 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5832 -- the equality as a standard False.
5835 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_False
, Loc
));
5839 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5841 elsif Present
(TSS
(Root_Type
(Typl
), TSS_Composite_Equality
)) then
5843 (TSS
(Root_Type
(Typl
), TSS_Composite_Equality
));
5845 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5846 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
5847 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5848 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5851 Remove_Side_Effects
(Lhs
);
5852 Remove_Side_Effects
(Rhs
);
5854 Expand_Record_Equality
(N
, Typl
, Lhs
, Rhs
, Bodies
));
5856 Insert_Actions
(N
, Bodies
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5857 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
, Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
5861 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5863 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
5865 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5867 if Vax_Float
(Typl
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
5868 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
5873 -----------------------
5874 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5875 -----------------------
5877 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon
(N
: Node_Id
) is
5878 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
5879 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
5880 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Typ
);
5881 Base
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
5882 Bastyp
: constant Node_Id
:= Etype
(Base
);
5883 Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
5884 Exptyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Exp
);
5885 Ovflo
: constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check
(N
);
5894 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
5896 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
5897 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
5898 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
5899 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
5900 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
5901 -- different from the base type.
5903 if Is_Private_Type
(Etype
(Base
))
5905 Is_Private_Type
(Typ
)
5907 Is_Private_Type
(Exptyp
)
5909 Rtyp
/= Root_Type
(Bastyp
)
5912 Bt
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Underlying_Type
(Bastyp
));
5913 Et
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Underlying_Type
(Exptyp
));
5917 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
5919 Left_Opnd
=> Unchecked_Convert_To
(Bt
, Base
),
5920 Right_Opnd
=> Unchecked_Convert_To
(Et
, Exp
))));
5921 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
5926 -- Test for case of known right argument
5928 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Exp
) then
5929 Expv
:= Expr_Value
(Exp
);
5931 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
5932 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
5933 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
5934 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
5935 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
5937 if Expv
>= 0 and then Expv
<= 4 then
5939 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
5943 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
5944 -- in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
5945 -- to user defined functions) are properly executed.
5947 Remove_Side_Effects
(Base
);
5949 if Ekind
(Typ
) in Integer_Kind
then
5950 Xnode
:= Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Intval
=> 1);
5952 Xnode
:= Make_Real_Literal
(Loc
, Ureal_1
);
5964 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
5965 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Base
),
5966 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
));
5968 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
5972 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
5974 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
5975 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Base
),
5976 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
)),
5977 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
));
5980 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
5986 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('E'));
5988 Insert_Actions
(N
, New_List
(
5989 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
5990 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
5991 Constant_Present
=> True,
5992 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
),
5994 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
5995 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Base
),
5996 Right_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Base
)))));
5999 Make_Op_Multiply
(Loc
,
6000 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
),
6001 Right_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Temp
, Loc
));
6005 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6010 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
6011 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
6012 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
6013 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
6014 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
6016 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
6017 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
6018 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
6020 if Nkind
(Base
) = N_Integer_Literal
6021 and then Intval
(Base
) = 2
6022 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Root_Type
(Exptyp
))
6023 and then Esize
(Root_Type
(Exptyp
)) <= Esize
(Standard_Integer
)
6024 and then Is_Unsigned_Type
(Exptyp
)
6026 and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) in N_Binary_Op
6029 P
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
6030 L
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(P
);
6031 R
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(P
);
6034 if (Nkind
(P
) = N_Op_Multiply
6035 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus
(Typ
)
6037 ((Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(L
)) and then R
= N
)
6039 (Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(R
)) and then L
= N
))
6040 and then not Do_Overflow_Check
(P
))
6043 (Nkind
(P
) = N_Op_Divide
6044 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(L
))
6045 and then Is_Unsigned_Type
(Etype
(L
))
6047 and then not Do_Overflow_Check
(P
))
6049 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(N
);
6055 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
6057 -- First deal with modular case
6059 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
6061 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
6062 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
6063 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
6064 -- to the base type.
6066 if Non_Binary_Modulus
(Rtyp
) then
6069 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6070 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(RE_Exp_Modular
), Loc
),
6071 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
6072 Convert_To
(Standard_Integer
, Base
),
6073 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Modulus
(Rtyp
)),
6076 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
6077 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
6078 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
6081 if UI_To_Int
(Esize
(Rtyp
)) <= Standard_Integer_Size
then
6082 Ent
:= RTE
(RE_Exp_Unsigned
);
6084 Ent
:= RTE
(RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned
);
6091 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6092 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Ent
, Loc
),
6093 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
6094 Convert_To
(Etype
(First_Formal
(Ent
)), Base
),
6097 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Modulus
(Rtyp
) - 1))));
6101 -- Common exit point for modular type case
6103 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6106 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
6107 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
6108 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
6109 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
6111 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
6112 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
6113 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
6115 elsif Rtyp
= Base_Type
(Standard_Long_Long_Integer
)
6116 or else (Rtyp
= Base_Type
(Standard_Long_Integer
)
6118 Esize
(Standard_Long_Integer
) > Esize
(Standard_Integer
))
6119 or else (Rtyp
= Universal_Integer
)
6121 Etyp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Integer
;
6124 Rent
:= RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer
;
6126 Rent
:= RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer
;
6129 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
6130 Etyp
:= Standard_Integer
;
6133 Rent
:= RE_Exp_Integer
;
6135 Rent
:= RE_Exn_Integer
;
6138 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
6139 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
6140 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
6141 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
6142 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
6145 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Rtyp
));
6146 Etyp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Float
;
6147 Rent
:= RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float
;
6150 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
6151 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
6154 and then Rtyp
/= Universal_Integer
6155 and then Rtyp
/= Universal_Real
6158 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6159 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(Rent
), Loc
),
6160 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Base
, Exp
)));
6162 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
6163 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
6164 -- typed using one of the standard types).
6169 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6170 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(RTE
(Rent
), Loc
),
6171 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
6172 Convert_To
(Etyp
, Base
),
6176 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6180 when RE_Not_Available
=>
6182 end Expand_N_Op_Expon
;
6184 --------------------
6185 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
6186 --------------------
6188 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6189 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6190 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6191 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6192 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6195 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6197 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6198 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6202 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6203 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6204 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6205 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6206 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6209 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6211 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6213 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6214 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6219 --------------------
6220 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
6221 --------------------
6223 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6224 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6225 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6226 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6227 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6230 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6232 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6233 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6237 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6238 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6239 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6240 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6241 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6244 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6246 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6248 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6249 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6254 --------------------
6255 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
6256 --------------------
6258 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6259 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6260 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6261 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6262 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6265 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6267 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6268 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6272 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6273 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6274 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6275 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6276 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6279 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6281 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6283 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6284 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6289 --------------------
6290 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
6291 --------------------
6293 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6294 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6295 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6296 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6297 Typ1
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Op1
));
6300 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6302 if Is_Array_Type
(Typ1
) then
6303 Expand_Array_Comparison
(N
);
6307 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ1
) then
6308 Adjust_Condition
(Op1
);
6309 Adjust_Condition
(Op2
);
6310 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6311 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6314 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6316 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6318 if Vax_Float
(Typ1
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6319 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6324 -----------------------
6325 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
6326 -----------------------
6328 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6329 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6330 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6333 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6335 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
6336 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
6337 and then Do_Overflow_Check
(N
)
6339 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
6342 Make_Op_Subtract
(Loc
,
6343 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0),
6344 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
)));
6346 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6348 -- Vax floating-point types case
6350 elsif Vax_Float
(Etype
(N
)) then
6351 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
6353 end Expand_N_Op_Minus
;
6355 ---------------------
6356 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
6357 ---------------------
6359 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6360 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6361 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6362 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6363 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6364 DOC
: constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check
(N
);
6365 DDC
: constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check
(N
);
6375 pragma Warnings
(Off
, Lhi
);
6378 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6380 Determine_Range
(Right
, ROK
, Rlo
, Rhi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
6381 Determine_Range
(Left
, LOK
, Llo
, Lhi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
6383 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
6384 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
6385 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
6386 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
6388 if LOK
and then Llo
>= 0
6390 ROK
and then Rlo
>= 0
6393 Make_Op_Rem
(Sloc
(N
),
6394 Left_Opnd
=> Left_Opnd
(N
),
6395 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
)));
6397 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
6398 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
6399 -- is epsilon more efficient.
6401 Set_Entity
(N
, Standard_Entity
(S_Op_Rem
));
6403 Set_Do_Overflow_Check
(N
, DOC
);
6404 Set_Do_Division_Check
(N
, DDC
);
6405 Expand_N_Op_Rem
(N
);
6408 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
6411 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
6412 Apply_Divide_Check
(N
);
6415 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
6416 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
6417 -- certainly harmless.
6419 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
6420 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
)
6421 and then Expr_Value
(Right
) = Uint_1
6423 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6424 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6425 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6427 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
6429 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
6430 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6434 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
6435 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
6436 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6438 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6439 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6440 -- completely in this case.
6442 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6443 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6444 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6448 (Type_Low_Bound
(Base_Type
(Underlying_Type
(Etype
(Left
)))));
6450 if ((not ROK
) or else (Rlo
<= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi
))
6452 ((not LOK
) or else (Llo
= LLB
))
6455 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
6456 Expressions
=> New_List
(
6458 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Right
),
6460 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
6461 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, -1))),
6462 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
6463 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
)),
6464 Relocate_Node
(N
))));
6466 Set_Analyzed
(Next
(Next
(First
(Expressions
(N
)))));
6467 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6470 end Expand_N_Op_Mod
;
6472 --------------------------
6473 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
6474 --------------------------
6476 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6477 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6478 Lop
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6479 Rop
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6481 Lp2
: constant Boolean :=
6482 Nkind
(Lop
) = N_Op_Expon
6483 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(Lop
);
6485 Rp2
: constant Boolean :=
6486 Nkind
(Rop
) = N_Op_Expon
6487 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift
(Rop
);
6489 Ltyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Lop
);
6490 Rtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Rop
);
6491 Typ
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6494 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6496 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6498 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
6500 -- N * 0 = 0 for integer types
6502 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Rop
)
6503 and then Expr_Value
(Rop
) = Uint_0
6505 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6506 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6507 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6509 Remove_Side_Effects
(Lop
);
6511 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
));
6512 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6516 -- Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
6518 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lop
)
6519 and then Expr_Value
(Lop
) = Uint_0
6521 Remove_Side_Effects
(Rop
);
6522 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
));
6523 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6527 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6529 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6530 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6532 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Rop
)
6533 and then Expr_Value
(Rop
) = Uint_1
6539 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lop
)
6540 and then Expr_Value
(Lop
) = Uint_1
6548 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6549 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6550 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6555 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6559 Left_Opnd
=> Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 2),
6562 Left_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(Lop
),
6563 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(Rop
))));
6564 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6569 Make_Op_Shift_Left
(Loc
,
6572 Convert_To
(Standard_Natural
, Right_Opnd
(Rop
))));
6573 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6577 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6581 Make_Op_Shift_Left
(Loc
,
6584 Convert_To
(Standard_Natural
, Right_Opnd
(Lop
))));
6585 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6589 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6591 if Typ
= Universal_Fixed
then
6592 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
);
6596 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6598 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
) then
6600 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6601 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6602 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6604 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
) then
6606 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6608 if Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
) then
6609 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
6611 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6613 elsif Is_Integer_Type
(Ltyp
) then
6614 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
6616 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6619 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed
(N
);
6623 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6624 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6626 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Ltyp
) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Rtyp
))
6627 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(N
)
6629 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
) then
6630 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer
(N
);
6632 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Typ
));
6633 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float
(N
);
6636 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6637 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6639 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
6640 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Rtyp
)
6642 Rewrite
(Rop
, Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Rop
)));
6644 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Rop
, Universal_Real
);
6646 elsif Typ
= Universal_Real
6647 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Ltyp
)
6649 Rewrite
(Lop
, Convert_To
(Universal_Real
, Relocate_Node
(Lop
)));
6651 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Lop
, Universal_Real
);
6653 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6655 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
6656 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check
(N
);
6658 -- Deal with VAX float case
6660 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
6661 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
6664 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply
;
6666 --------------------
6667 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6668 --------------------
6670 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6671 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
6674 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6676 if Is_Elementary_Type
(Typ
)
6677 and then Sloc
(Entity
(N
)) = Standard_Location
6679 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6681 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6683 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
6684 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
6685 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6686 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6687 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6690 Rewrite_Comparison
(N
);
6692 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6694 if Vax_Float
(Typ
) and then Nkind
(N
) in N_Op_Compare
then
6695 Expand_Vax_Comparison
(N
);
6699 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6700 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6701 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6702 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6703 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6704 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6708 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6710 Ne
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(N
);
6713 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6719 Left_Opnd
=> Left_Opnd
(N
),
6720 Right_Opnd
=> Right_Opnd
(N
)));
6721 Set_Paren_Count
(Right_Opnd
(Neg
), 1);
6723 if Scope
(Ne
) /= Standard_Standard
then
6724 Set_Entity
(Right_Opnd
(Neg
), Corresponding_Equality
(Ne
));
6727 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6728 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6729 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6732 Preserve_Comes_From_Source
(Neg
, N
);
6733 Preserve_Comes_From_Source
(Right_Opnd
(Neg
), N
);
6735 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6740 ---------------------
6741 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6742 ---------------------
6744 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6745 -- expansion required.
6747 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6748 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6749 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6750 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6751 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6753 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6754 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6755 -- tree the following function definition:
6757 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6760 -- for J in a'range loop
6761 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6766 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6767 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6769 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6770 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6771 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6780 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
6781 Loop_Statement
: Node_Id
;
6784 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6786 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6788 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
6789 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6790 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6791 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6795 -- Only array types need any other processing
6797 if not Is_Array_Type
(Typ
) then
6801 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6802 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6804 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array
(Typ
)
6805 and then Component_Size
(Typ
) = 1
6806 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
6808 Expand_Packed_Not
(N
);
6812 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6813 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6814 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6815 -- done by enclosing operation.
6817 Opnd
:= Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6818 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype
(Opnd
);
6819 Arr
:= Etype
(Opnd
);
6820 Ensure_Defined
(Arr
, N
);
6821 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test
(N
, Arr
);
6823 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
then
6824 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Name
(Parent
(N
)), N
, Empty
) then
6825 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
(Parent
(N
), Opnd
, Empty
);
6828 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6830 elsif Nkind_In
(Opnd
, N_Op_And
, N_Op_Or
, N_Op_Xor
)
6831 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6832 (Name
(Parent
(N
)), Left_Opnd
(Opnd
), Right_Opnd
(Opnd
))
6834 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
(Parent
(N
), Opnd
, Empty
);
6838 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) in N_Binary_Op
6839 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6842 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(Parent
(N
));
6843 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(Parent
(N
));
6844 Lhs
: constant Node_Id
:= Name
(Parent
(Parent
(N
)));
6847 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
(Lhs
, Op1
, Op2
) then
6849 and then Nkind
(Op2
) = N_Op_Not
6851 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6856 and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Op_Xor
6858 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
6866 A
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uA
);
6867 B
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uB
);
6868 J
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uJ
);
6871 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
6872 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(A
, Loc
),
6873 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
6876 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
6877 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(B
, Loc
),
6878 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
6881 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(N
,
6882 Identifier
=> Empty
,
6885 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
6886 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
6887 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
6888 Defining_Identifier
=> J
,
6889 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
6890 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
6891 Prefix
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(A
)),
6892 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Range
))),
6894 Statements
=> New_List
(
6895 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
6897 Expression
=> Make_Op_Not
(Loc
, A_J
))));
6899 Func_Name
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('N'));
6900 Set_Is_Inlined
(Func_Name
);
6903 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
6905 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
6906 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
6907 Parameter_Specifications
=> New_List
(
6908 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
6909 Defining_Identifier
=> A
,
6910 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))),
6911 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
6913 Declarations
=> New_List
(
6914 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
6915 Defining_Identifier
=> B
,
6916 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Arr
, Loc
))),
6918 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
6919 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
6920 Statements
=> New_List
(
6922 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
6924 Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(B
)))))));
6927 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
6928 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(Func_Name
, Loc
),
6929 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(Opnd
)));
6931 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6932 end Expand_N_Op_Not
;
6934 --------------------
6935 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
6936 --------------------
6938 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6939 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6942 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6944 if Is_Array_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
6945 Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
6947 elsif Is_Boolean_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
6949 -- Replace OR by OR ELSE if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
6950 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
6951 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
6953 if Short_Circuit_And_Or
and then Typ
= Standard_Boolean
then
6955 Make_Or_Else
(Sloc
(N
),
6956 Left_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(N
)),
6957 Right_Opnd
=> Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(N
))));
6958 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
6960 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
6963 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
6964 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
6965 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
6966 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
6971 ----------------------
6972 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
6973 ----------------------
6975 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6977 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
6978 end Expand_N_Op_Plus
;
6980 ---------------------
6981 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
6982 ---------------------
6984 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem
(N
: Node_Id
) is
6985 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
6986 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
6988 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
6989 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
6997 -- Set if corresponding operand can be negative
6999 pragma Unreferenced
(Hi
);
7002 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7004 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7005 Apply_Divide_Check
(N
);
7008 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
7009 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
7012 if Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
))
7013 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
)
7014 and then Expr_Value
(Right
) = Uint_1
7016 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
7017 -- ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
7018 -- functions) are properly executed.
7020 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
7022 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0));
7023 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7027 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
7028 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
7029 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
7031 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
7032 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
7033 -- completely in this case.
7035 Determine_Range
(Right
, OK
, Lo
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
7036 Lneg
:= (not OK
) or else Lo
< 0;
7038 Determine_Range
(Left
, OK
, Lo
, Hi
, Assume_Valid
=> True);
7039 Rneg
:= (not OK
) or else Lo
< 0;
7041 -- We won't mess with trying to find out if the left operand can really
7042 -- be the largest negative number (that's a pain in the case of private
7043 -- types and this is really marginal). We will just assume that we need
7044 -- the test if the left operand can be negative at all.
7046 if Lneg
and Rneg
then
7048 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
7049 Expressions
=> New_List
(
7051 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr
(Right
),
7053 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
7054 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, -1))),
7056 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Typ
,
7057 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, Uint_0
)),
7059 Relocate_Node
(N
))));
7061 Set_Analyzed
(Next
(Next
(First
(Expressions
(N
)))));
7062 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7064 end Expand_N_Op_Rem
;
7066 -----------------------------
7067 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
7068 -----------------------------
7070 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7072 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7073 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left
;
7075 ------------------------------
7076 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
7077 ------------------------------
7079 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7081 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7082 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right
;
7084 ----------------------------
7085 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
7086 ----------------------------
7088 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7090 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7091 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left
;
7093 -----------------------------
7094 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
7095 -----------------------------
7097 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7099 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7100 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right
;
7102 ----------------------------------------
7103 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
7104 ----------------------------------------
7106 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7108 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7109 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic
;
7111 --------------------------
7112 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
7113 --------------------------
7115 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7116 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7119 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7121 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
7123 if Is_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
7124 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
))
7125 and then Expr_Value
(Right_Opnd
(N
)) = 0
7127 Rewrite
(N
, Left_Opnd
(N
));
7131 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
7133 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type
(Typ
)
7134 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Typ
)
7136 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check
(N
);
7138 -- Vax floating-point types case
7140 elsif Vax_Float
(Typ
) then
7141 Expand_Vax_Arith
(N
);
7143 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract
;
7145 ---------------------
7146 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
7147 ---------------------
7149 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7150 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7153 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
);
7155 if Is_Array_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7156 Expand_Boolean_Operator
(N
);
7158 elsif Is_Boolean_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7159 Adjust_Condition
(Left_Opnd
(N
));
7160 Adjust_Condition
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
7161 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
7162 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
7164 end Expand_N_Op_Xor
;
7166 ----------------------
7167 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
7168 ----------------------
7170 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also
7171 -- deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
7173 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7174 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7175 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7176 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
7177 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
7181 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
7183 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Typ
) then
7184 Adjust_Condition
(Left
);
7185 Adjust_Condition
(Right
);
7186 Set_Etype
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
7189 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
7191 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Left
) then
7193 -- If left argument is False, change (False or else Right) to Right.
7194 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
7195 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
7197 if Expr_Value_E
(Left
) = Standard_False
then
7198 if Present
(Actions
(N
)) then
7199 Insert_Actions
(N
, Actions
(N
));
7204 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to True. In
7205 -- this case we can forget the actions associated with Right, since
7206 -- they will never be executed.
7208 else pragma Assert
(Expr_Value_E
(Left
) = Standard_True
);
7209 Kill_Dead_Code
(Right
);
7210 Kill_Dead_Code
(Actions
(N
));
7211 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
));
7214 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
7218 -- If Actions are present, we expand
7220 -- left or else right
7224 -- if left then True else right end
7226 -- with the actions becoming the Else_Actions of the conditional
7227 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
7228 -- (and will eventually disappear)
7230 if Present
(Actions
(N
)) then
7231 Actlist
:= Actions
(N
);
7233 Make_Conditional_Expression
(Loc
,
7234 Expressions
=> New_List
(
7236 New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
),
7239 Set_Else_Actions
(N
, Actlist
);
7240 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Standard_Boolean
);
7241 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
7245 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
7247 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Right
) then
7249 -- Change (Left or else False) to Left. Note that we know there are
7250 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
7251 -- for this case above.
7253 if Expr_Value_E
(Right
) = Standard_False
then
7256 -- Change (Left or else True) to True, making sure to preserve any
7257 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
7259 else pragma Assert
(Expr_Value_E
(Right
) = Standard_True
);
7260 Remove_Side_Effects
(Left
);
7262 (N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Standard_True
, Loc
));
7266 Adjust_Result_Type
(N
, Typ
);
7267 end Expand_N_Or_Else
;
7269 -----------------------------------
7270 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
7271 -----------------------------------
7273 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7274 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
7275 Target_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Entity
(Subtype_Mark
(N
));
7278 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7280 if Validity_Checks_On
7281 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7283 Ensure_Valid
(Operand
);
7286 -- Apply possible constraint check
7288 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
, No_Sliding
=> True);
7290 if Do_Range_Check
(Operand
) then
7291 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Operand
, False);
7292 Generate_Range_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
7294 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression
;
7296 ---------------------------------
7297 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
7298 ---------------------------------
7300 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
7301 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
7303 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7304 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7305 Par
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
7306 P
: constant Node_Id
:= Prefix
(N
);
7307 Ptyp
: Entity_Id
:= Underlying_Type
(Etype
(P
));
7312 function In_Left_Hand_Side
(Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
7313 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
7314 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
7315 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
7317 -----------------------
7318 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
7319 -----------------------
7321 function In_Left_Hand_Side
(Comp
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
7323 return (Nkind
(Parent
(Comp
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7324 and then Comp
= Name
(Parent
(Comp
)))
7325 or else (Present
(Parent
(Comp
))
7326 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Comp
)) in N_Subexpr
7327 and then In_Left_Hand_Side
(Parent
(Comp
)));
7328 end In_Left_Hand_Side
;
7330 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
7333 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
7335 if Is_Access_Type
(Ptyp
) then
7336 Insert_Explicit_Dereference
(P
);
7337 Analyze_And_Resolve
(P
, Designated_Type
(Ptyp
));
7339 if Ekind
(Etype
(P
)) = E_Private_Subtype
7340 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype
(Etype
(P
))
7342 Set_Etype
(P
, Base_Type
(Etype
(P
)));
7348 -- Deal with discriminant check required
7350 if Do_Discriminant_Check
(N
) then
7352 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
7353 -- it can inline the call to the function.
7356 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
7357 (Original_Record_Component
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
)))));
7359 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
7361 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check
(N
, False);
7362 Generate_Discriminant_Check
(N
);
7365 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7366 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7368 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
7369 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(P
)
7371 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context
(P
);
7374 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
7375 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
7376 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
7377 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
7378 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
7380 if Nkind
(Prefix
(N
)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
7381 and then Has_Discriminants
(Etype
(N
))
7382 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side
(N
)
7384 Force_Evaluation
(Prefix
(N
));
7387 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
7389 if Ekind
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
))) = E_Discriminant
then
7391 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
7392 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
7393 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
7395 if Is_Record_Type
(Ptyp
)
7396 and then Has_Discriminants
(Ptyp
)
7397 and then Is_Constrained
(Ptyp
)
7399 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
7400 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
7402 if not Is_Discrete_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
7405 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
7406 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
7407 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
7408 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
7410 elsif Nkind
(Par
) = N_Assignment_Statement
7411 and then Name
(Par
) = N
7415 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
7416 -- the operand of an object renaming declaration since these are
7417 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
7419 elsif (Nkind
(Par
) = N_Attribute_Reference
7420 and then Prefix
(Par
) = N
)
7421 or else Is_Renamed_Object
(N
)
7425 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
7426 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
7427 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
7429 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check
(N
) then
7432 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
7433 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
7434 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
7437 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
7438 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
7440 Disc
:= First_Discriminant
(Ptyp
);
7441 Dcon
:= First_Elmt
(Discriminant_Constraint
(Ptyp
));
7442 Discr_Loop
: while Present
(Dcon
) loop
7444 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
7446 if Disc
= Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
)) then
7448 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
7449 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
7450 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
7451 -- be optimized away.
7454 Denotes_Discriminant
7455 (Node
(Dcon
), Check_Concurrent
=> True)
7459 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
7460 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
7461 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
7464 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Case_Statement
7465 and then Etype
(Node
(Dcon
)) /= Etype
(Disc
)
7468 Make_Qualified_Expression
(Loc
,
7470 New_Occurrence_Of
(Etype
(Disc
), Loc
),
7472 New_Copy_Tree
(Node
(Dcon
))));
7473 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Etype
(Disc
));
7475 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
7476 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
7478 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, False);
7481 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
7482 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
7483 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
7484 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
7485 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
7486 -- yet, and this must be done now.
7489 Rewrite
(N
, New_Copy_Tree
(Node
(Dcon
)));
7490 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
);
7491 Set_Is_Static_Expression
(N
, False);
7497 Next_Discriminant
(Disc
);
7498 end loop Discr_Loop
;
7500 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
7501 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
7502 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
7508 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
7509 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
7510 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
7511 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
7512 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
7514 if not Is_Concurrent_Type
(Ptyp
) then
7518 Disc
:= Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
));
7520 if Is_Derived_Type
(Ptyp
)
7521 and then Present
(Corresponding_Discriminant
(Disc
))
7523 Disc
:= Corresponding_Discriminant
(Disc
);
7527 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
7529 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Corresponding_Record_Type
(Ptyp
),
7531 Selector_Name
=> Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(Disc
)));
7536 end Expand_N_Selected_Component
;
7538 --------------------
7539 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7540 --------------------
7542 procedure Expand_N_Slice
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7543 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7544 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7545 Pfx
: constant Node_Id
:= Prefix
(N
);
7546 Ptp
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Pfx
);
7548 function Is_Procedure_Actual
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
7549 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7550 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7551 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7552 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7553 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7554 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7555 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7556 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7557 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7558 -- which will take care of the slice.
7560 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7561 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7562 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7563 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7565 -------------------------
7566 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7567 -------------------------
7569 function Is_Procedure_Actual
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
7570 Par
: Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
7574 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7576 if Nkind
(Par
) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
then
7579 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7580 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7581 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7582 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7583 -- procedure actuals.
7585 elsif Nkind_In
(Par
, N_Type_Conversion
,
7586 N_Parameter_Association
,
7587 N_Qualified_Expression
)
7589 Par
:= Parent
(Par
);
7591 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7597 end Is_Procedure_Actual
;
7599 ------------------------------
7600 -- Make_Temporary_For_Slice --
7601 ------------------------------
7603 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice
is
7605 Ent
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Temporary
(Loc
, 'T', N
);
7608 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
7609 Defining_Identifier
=> Ent
,
7610 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Typ
, Loc
));
7612 Set_No_Initialization
(Decl
);
7614 Insert_Actions
(N
, New_List
(
7616 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
7617 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
),
7618 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(N
))));
7620 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Ent
, Loc
));
7621 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
7622 end Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7624 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7627 -- Special handling for access types
7629 if Is_Access_Type
(Ptp
) then
7631 Ptp
:= Designated_Type
(Ptp
);
7634 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Sloc
(N
),
7635 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Pfx
)));
7637 Analyze_And_Resolve
(Pfx
, Ptp
);
7640 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7641 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7643 if Ada_Version
>= Ada_05
7644 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call
(Pfx
)
7646 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context
(Pfx
);
7649 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7650 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7652 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7653 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7655 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7656 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7658 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7659 -- slice, not the value.
7661 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7662 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7665 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7666 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7669 if not Is_Packed
(Typ
) then
7671 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7672 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7674 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Function_Call
7675 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice
(N
)
7677 Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7680 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7681 or else (Nkind
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7682 and then Parent
(N
) = Name
(Parent
(Parent
(N
))))
7686 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Indexed_Component
7687 or else Is_Renamed_Object
(N
)
7688 or else Is_Procedure_Actual
(N
)
7692 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7693 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(N
)) = Name_Address
7698 Make_Temporary_For_Slice
;
7702 ------------------------------
7703 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7704 ------------------------------
7706 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion
(N
: Node_Id
) is
7707 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
7708 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
7709 Target_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
7710 Operand_Type
: Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
7712 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation
;
7713 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7714 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7715 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7716 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7717 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7718 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7720 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
7721 -- Called when we know that an accessibility check will fail. Rewrites
7722 -- node N to an appropriate raise statement and outputs warning msgs.
7723 -- The Etype of the raise node is set to Target_Type.
7725 procedure Real_Range_Check
;
7726 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7728 -----------------------------------
7729 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7730 -----------------------------------
7732 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation
is
7742 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7744 if Same_Representation
(Operand_Type
, Target_Type
) then
7747 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7748 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7749 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7750 -- done to the conversion.
7752 elsif Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Assignment_Statement
then
7755 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7756 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7757 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7762 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
7763 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
7765 if not Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
) then
7766 if Has_Discriminants
(Operand_Type
) then
7767 Disc
:= First_Discriminant
(Operand_Type
);
7769 if Disc
/= First_Stored_Discriminant
(Operand_Type
) then
7770 Disc
:= First_Stored_Discriminant
(Operand_Type
);
7774 while Present
(Disc
) loop
7776 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
7777 Prefix
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(Operand
),
7779 Make_Identifier
(Loc
, Chars
(Disc
))));
7780 Next_Discriminant
(Disc
);
7783 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Operand_Type
) then
7784 N_Ix
:= First_Index
(Target_Type
);
7787 for J
in 1 .. Number_Dimensions
(Operand_Type
) loop
7789 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7790 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7795 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(N_Ix
),
7796 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
7798 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7799 (Operand
, Name_Req
=> True),
7800 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
,
7801 Expressions
=> New_List
(
7802 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, J
)))),
7805 Unchecked_Convert_To
(Etype
(N_Ix
),
7806 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
7808 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7809 (Operand
, Name_Req
=> True),
7810 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
,
7811 Expressions
=> New_List
(
7812 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, J
))))));
7819 Odef
:= New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
);
7821 if Present
(Cons
) then
7823 Make_Subtype_Indication
(Loc
,
7824 Subtype_Mark
=> Odef
,
7826 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint
(Loc
,
7827 Constraints
=> Cons
));
7830 Temp
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('C'));
7832 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
7833 Defining_Identifier
=> Temp
,
7834 Object_Definition
=> Odef
);
7836 Set_No_Initialization
(Decl
, True);
7838 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7839 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7840 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7845 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
7846 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
),
7847 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(N
))),
7848 Suppress
=> All_Checks
);
7850 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Temp
, Loc
));
7853 end Handle_Changed_Representation
;
7855 -------------------------------
7856 -- Raise_Accessibility_Error --
7857 -------------------------------
7859 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error
is
7862 Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Sloc
(N
),
7863 Reason
=> PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed
));
7864 Set_Etype
(N
, Target_Type
);
7866 Error_Msg_N
("?accessibility check failure", N
);
7868 ("\?& will be raised at run time", N
, Standard_Program_Error
);
7869 end Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
7871 ----------------------
7872 -- Real_Range_Check --
7873 ----------------------
7875 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
7876 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
7882 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7883 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7886 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
7887 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
7888 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
7889 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
7891 procedure Real_Range_Check
is
7892 Btyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Target_Type
);
7893 Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Target_Type
);
7894 Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Target_Type
);
7895 Xtyp
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
7900 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7902 if Nkind
(N
) /= N_Type_Conversion
then
7906 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
7907 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
7909 if Range_Checks_Suppressed
(Target_Type
)
7910 or else (Lo
= Type_Low_Bound
(Btyp
)
7912 Hi
= Type_High_Bound
(Btyp
))
7917 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
7920 if Is_Entity_Name
(Operand
)
7921 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed
(Entity
(Operand
))
7926 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
7927 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
7928 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
7929 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7932 S_Lo
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_Low_Bound
(Xtyp
);
7933 S_Hi
: constant Node_Id
:= Type_High_Bound
(Xtyp
);
7936 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Xtyp
)
7937 or else Is_Constrained
(Xtyp
))
7938 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(S_Lo
)
7939 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(S_Hi
)
7940 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Hi
)
7941 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Lo
)
7944 D_Lov
: constant Ureal
:= Expr_Value_R
(Lo
);
7945 D_Hiv
: constant Ureal
:= Expr_Value_R
(Hi
);
7950 if Is_Real_Type
(Xtyp
) then
7951 S_Lov
:= Expr_Value_R
(S_Lo
);
7952 S_Hiv
:= Expr_Value_R
(S_Hi
);
7954 S_Lov
:= UR_From_Uint
(Expr_Value
(S_Lo
));
7955 S_Hiv
:= UR_From_Uint
(Expr_Value
(S_Hi
));
7959 and then S_Lov
>= D_Lov
7960 and then S_Hiv
<= D_Hiv
7962 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Operand
, False);
7969 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
7971 if Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Xtyp
)
7973 Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Btyp
)
7978 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
7980 Conv
:= Relocate_Node
(N
);
7981 Rewrite
(Subtype_Mark
(Conv
), New_Occurrence_Of
(Btyp
, Loc
));
7982 Set_Etype
(Conv
, Btyp
);
7984 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
7985 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
7988 if not Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Operand
)) then
7989 Enable_Overflow_Check
(Conv
);
7993 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
,
7994 Chars
=> New_Internal_Name
('T'));
7996 Insert_Actions
(N
, New_List
(
7997 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
7998 Defining_Identifier
=> Tnn
,
7999 Object_Definition
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Btyp
, Loc
),
8000 Expression
=> Conv
),
8002 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error
(Loc
,
8007 Left_Opnd
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
8009 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8010 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
,
8012 New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
))),
8016 Left_Opnd
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
),
8018 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8019 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
,
8021 New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
)))),
8022 Reason
=> CE_Range_Check_Failed
)));
8024 Rewrite
(N
, New_Occurrence_Of
(Tnn
, Loc
));
8025 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Btyp
);
8026 end Real_Range_Check
;
8028 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
8031 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8032 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8033 -- an Assignment_OK attribute, which must be propagated to the operand.
8035 if Operand_Type
= Target_Type
then
8036 if Assignment_OK
(N
) then
8037 Set_Assignment_OK
(Operand
);
8040 Rewrite
(N
, Relocate_Node
(Operand
));
8044 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
8045 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
8046 -- in attribute processing.
8048 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8049 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(N
)) = Name_Read
8050 and then Next
(First
(Expressions
(Parent
(N
)))) = N
8055 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
8057 -- If the operand of the type conversion is an arithmetic operation on
8058 -- signed integers, and the based type of the signed integer type in
8059 -- question is smaller than Standard.Integer, we promote both of the
8060 -- operands to type Integer.
8062 -- For example, if we have
8064 -- target-type (opnd1 + opnd2)
8066 -- and opnd1 and opnd2 are of type short integer, then we rewrite
8069 -- target-type (integer(opnd1) + integer(opnd2))
8071 -- We do this because we are always allowed to compute in a larger type
8072 -- if we do the right thing with the result, and in this case we are
8073 -- going to do a conversion which will do an appropriate check to make
8074 -- sure that things are in range of the target type in any case. This
8075 -- avoids some unnecessary intermediate overflows.
8077 -- We might consider a similar transformation in the case where the
8078 -- target is a real type or a 64-bit integer type, and the operand
8079 -- is an arithmetic operation using a 32-bit integer type. However,
8080 -- we do not bother with this case, because it could cause significant
8081 -- ineffiencies on 32-bit machines. On a 64-bit machine it would be
8082 -- much cheaper, but we don't want different behavior on 32-bit and
8083 -- 64-bit machines. Note that the exclusion of the 64-bit case also
8084 -- handles the configurable run-time cases where 64-bit arithmetic
8085 -- may simply be unavailable.
8087 -- Note: this circuit is partially redundant with respect to the circuit
8088 -- in Checks.Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check, but we catch more cases in
8089 -- the processing here. Also we still need the Checks circuit, since we
8090 -- have to be sure not to generate junk overflow checks in the first
8091 -- place, since it would be trick to remove them here!
8093 if Integer_Promotion_Possible
(N
) then
8095 -- All conditions met, go ahead with transformation
8103 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8104 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Integer
, Loc
),
8105 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Right_Opnd
(Operand
)));
8107 Opnd
:= New_Op_Node
(Nkind
(Operand
), Loc
);
8108 Set_Right_Opnd
(Opnd
, R
);
8110 if Nkind
(Operand
) in N_Binary_Op
then
8112 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8113 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Integer
, Loc
),
8114 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Left_Opnd
(Operand
)));
8116 Set_Left_Opnd
(Opnd
, L
);
8120 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8121 Subtype_Mark
=> Relocate_Node
(Subtype_Mark
(N
)),
8122 Expression
=> Opnd
));
8124 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8129 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
8131 if Validity_Checks_On
8132 and then Validity_Check_Operands
8134 Ensure_Valid
(Operand
);
8137 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
8139 if Is_Boolean_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8140 and then (Nonzero_Is_True
(Operand_Type
))
8142 Adjust_Condition
(Operand
);
8143 Set_Etype
(Operand
, Standard_Boolean
);
8144 Operand_Type
:= Standard_Boolean
;
8147 -- Case of converting to an access type
8149 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8151 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
8152 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
8153 -- expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
8154 -- Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
8155 -- as tagged type checks).
8157 if Is_Entity_Name
(Operand
)
8159 (Is_Formal
(Entity
(Operand
))
8161 (Present
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(Operand
)))
8162 and then Is_Entity_Name
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(Operand
)))
8164 (Entity
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(Operand
))))))
8165 and then Ekind
(Etype
(Operand
)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8166 and then (Nkind
(Original_Node
(N
)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
8167 or else Attribute_Name
(Original_Node
(N
)) = Name_Access
)
8169 Apply_Accessibility_Check
8170 (Operand
, Target_Type
, Insert_Node
=> Operand
);
8172 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
8173 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
8174 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
8175 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
8176 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
8177 -- for the instance cases.
8179 elsif In_Instance_Body
8180 and then Type_Access_Level
(Operand_Type
) >
8181 Type_Access_Level
(Target_Type
)
8183 Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
8185 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
8186 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
8187 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
8188 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
8189 -- of an instantiation).
8191 elsif In_Instance_Body
8192 and then Ekind
(Operand_Type
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8193 and then Nkind
(Operand
) = N_Selected_Component
8194 and then Object_Access_Level
(Operand
) >
8195 Type_Access_Level
(Target_Type
)
8197 Raise_Accessibility_Error
;
8202 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
8204 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
8205 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
8206 -- membership test, generating:
8208 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
8210 -- or in the access type case
8212 -- [constraint_error
8213 -- when Operand /= null
8214 -- and then Operand.all not in
8215 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
8217 if (Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
)
8218 and then Is_Tagged_Type
(Designated_Type
(Target_Type
)))
8219 or else Is_Tagged_Type
(Target_Type
)
8221 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
8222 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
8223 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
8225 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
)
8226 and then Is_Renamed_Object
(N
)
8231 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
8234 Actual_Op_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8235 Actual_Targ_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8236 Make_Conversion
: Boolean := False;
8237 Root_Op_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8239 procedure Make_Tag_Check
(Targ_Typ
: Entity_Id
);
8240 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
8241 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
8242 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
8244 --------------------
8245 -- Make_Tag_Check --
8246 --------------------
8248 procedure Make_Tag_Check
(Targ_Typ
: Entity_Id
) is
8253 -- [Constraint_Error
8254 -- when Operand /= null
8255 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
8257 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8262 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Operand
),
8263 Right_Opnd
=> Make_Null
(Loc
)),
8268 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
8269 Prefix
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Operand
)),
8270 Right_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Targ_Typ
, Loc
)));
8273 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
8278 Left_Opnd
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
(Operand
),
8279 Right_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(Targ_Typ
, Loc
));
8283 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error
(Loc
,
8285 Reason
=> CE_Tag_Check_Failed
));
8288 -- Start of processing
8291 if Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8293 -- Handle entities from the limited view
8296 Available_View
(Designated_Type
(Operand_Type
));
8298 Available_View
(Designated_Type
(Target_Type
));
8300 Actual_Op_Typ
:= Operand_Type
;
8301 Actual_Targ_Typ
:= Target_Type
;
8304 Root_Op_Typ
:= Root_Type
(Actual_Op_Typ
);
8306 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
8308 if Is_Interface
(Actual_Op_Typ
) then
8309 Expand_Interface_Conversion
(N
, Is_Static
=> False);
8313 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed
(Actual_Targ_Typ
) then
8315 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
8318 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Actual_Op_Typ
)
8319 and then Actual_Op_Typ
/= Actual_Targ_Typ
8320 and then Root_Op_Typ
/= Actual_Targ_Typ
8321 and then Is_Ancestor
(Root_Op_Typ
, Actual_Targ_Typ
)
8323 Make_Tag_Check
(Class_Wide_Type
(Actual_Targ_Typ
));
8324 Make_Conversion
:= True;
8327 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
8328 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
8329 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
8330 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
8331 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
8333 if Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = Sinfo
.N_Return_Statement
then
8336 Func_Typ
: Entity_Id
;
8339 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
8341 Func
:= Current_Scope
;
8342 while Present
(Func
)
8343 and then Ekind
(Func
) /= E_Function
8345 Func
:= Scope
(Func
);
8348 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
8349 -- an access definition.
8351 if Nkind
(Result_Definition
(Parent
(Func
))) =
8354 Func_Typ
:= Directly_Designated_Type
(Etype
(Func
));
8356 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
8357 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
8359 if Is_Tagged_Type
(Func_Typ
)
8360 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Func_Typ
)
8362 Make_Tag_Check
(Actual_Targ_Typ
);
8363 Make_Conversion
:= True;
8369 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
8370 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
8372 if Make_Conversion
then
8377 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8378 Subtype_Mark
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
),
8379 Expression
=> Relocate_Node
(Expression
(N
)));
8381 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8387 -- Case of other access type conversions
8389 elsif Is_Access_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8390 Apply_Constraint_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8392 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
8394 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8395 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8396 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8397 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8399 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8400 and then not Conversion_OK
(N
)
8402 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
8403 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
8404 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
8406 pragma Assert
(Operand_Type
/= Universal_Fixed
);
8408 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
8409 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
8410 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
8411 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
8413 if Target_Type
= Universal_Real
8414 and then Nkind
(Parent
(N
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8415 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(N
)) = Name_Round
8417 Set_Rounded_Result
(N
);
8418 Set_Etype
(N
, Etype
(Parent
(N
)));
8421 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
8422 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of
8423 -- view these are simple integer conversions needing no further
8424 -- processing (the backend will simply treat them as integers)
8426 if not Conversion_OK
(N
) then
8427 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
8428 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed
(N
);
8431 elsif Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(N
)) then
8432 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer
(N
);
8435 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Etype
(N
)));
8436 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float
(N
);
8441 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
8443 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8444 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8445 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8446 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8448 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Target_Type
)
8449 and then not Conversion_OK
(N
)
8451 if Is_Integer_Type
(Operand_Type
) then
8452 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed
(N
);
8455 pragma Assert
(Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Operand_Type
));
8456 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed
(N
);
8460 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
8462 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
8463 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
8464 -- were an integer in such cases.
8466 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8468 (Is_Integer_Type
(Target_Type
)
8470 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type
(Target_Type
) and then Conversion_OK
(N
)))
8472 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
8473 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
8474 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
8475 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
8476 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
8477 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
8478 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats
8480 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
8481 -- Can this code be removed ???
8483 if Do_Range_Check
(Operand
) then
8485 Make_Type_Conversion
(Loc
,
8487 New_Occurrence_Of
(Universal_Real
, Loc
),
8489 Relocate_Node
(Operand
)));
8491 Set_Etype
(Operand
, Universal_Real
);
8492 Enable_Range_Check
(Operand
);
8493 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Expression
(Operand
), False);
8496 -- Case of array conversions
8498 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
8499 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
8500 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
8502 elsif Is_Array_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8504 if Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
) then
8505 Apply_Length_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8507 Apply_Range_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8510 Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8512 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
8514 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
8515 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
8517 elsif Has_Discriminants
(Target_Type
)
8518 and then Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
)
8520 Apply_Discriminant_Check
(Operand
, Target_Type
);
8521 Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8523 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
8524 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
8525 -- assignment processing.
8527 elsif Is_Record_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8529 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
8530 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
8531 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
8533 if Is_Derived_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8534 and then Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Operand_Type
))
8535 and then not Is_Constrained
(Target_Type
)
8536 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Target_Type
))
8537 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Operand
)
8539 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
8540 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
8544 PE
: constant Node_Id
:= Make_Raise_Program_Error
(Loc
,
8545 Reason
=> PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction
);
8548 Set_Etype
(PE
, Target_Type
);
8553 Handle_Changed_Representation
;
8556 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
8558 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8560 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
8561 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses)
8563 if not Same_Representation
(Target_Type
, Operand_Type
) then
8565 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
8568 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8569 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Target_Type
, Loc
),
8570 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Val
,
8571 Expressions
=> New_List
(
8572 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
8573 Prefix
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(Operand_Type
, Loc
),
8574 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Pos
,
8575 Expressions
=> New_List
(Operand
)))));
8577 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8580 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
8582 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type
(Target_Type
) then
8586 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
8587 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can
8588 -- be handled by Gigi. The conversions that Gigi can handle are the
8591 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
8593 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
8594 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
8595 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
8597 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8599 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8601 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8602 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8603 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8605 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
8606 and then Is_Discrete_Type
(Etype
(N
))
8609 Expr
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
8614 if Do_Range_Check
(Expr
)
8615 and then Is_Discrete_Type
(Etype
(Expr
))
8617 Set_Do_Range_Check
(Expr
, False);
8619 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8620 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8621 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8622 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8624 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8625 -- with discrete types so far ???
8627 if Nkind
(Expr
) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8628 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
(Expr
)
8630 Ftyp
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(Expr
));
8632 if Esize
(Ftyp
) >= Esize
(Standard_Integer
) then
8633 Ityp
:= Standard_Long_Long_Integer
;
8635 Ityp
:= Standard_Integer
;
8638 Rewrite
(Expr
, Unchecked_Convert_To
(Ityp
, Expr
));
8641 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8642 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check If
8643 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8644 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8647 Set_Do_Overflow_Check
(N
, False);
8648 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address
(Etype
(Expr
))
8649 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address
(Target_Type
)
8651 Generate_Range_Check
8652 (Expr
, Target_Type
, CE_Range_Check_Failed
);
8658 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8659 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8661 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
8662 and then (Vax_Float
(Operand_Type
) or else Vax_Float
(Target_Type
))
8664 Expand_Vax_Conversion
(N
);
8667 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion
;
8669 -----------------------------------
8670 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8671 -----------------------------------
8673 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. It's job was simply
8674 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8675 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8676 -- indeed must, since gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8678 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression
(N
: Node_Id
) is
8679 Exp
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
8682 Set_Assignment_OK
(Exp
, Assignment_OK
(N
) or Assignment_OK
(Exp
));
8684 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression
;
8686 ----------------------------------------
8687 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8688 ----------------------------------------
8690 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8691 -- temporary for it, do it now.
8693 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(N
: Node_Id
) is
8694 Target_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
8695 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
8696 Operand_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
8699 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8700 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8701 -- an Assignment_OK indication which must be proprgated to the operand.
8703 if Operand_Type
= Target_Type
then
8704 if Assignment_OK
(N
) then
8705 Set_Assignment_OK
(Operand
);
8708 Rewrite
(N
, Relocate_Node
(Operand
));
8712 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
8713 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
8714 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
8715 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
8716 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
8718 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
8719 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
8720 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
8722 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
8723 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
8724 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
8726 if Is_Integer_Type
(Target_Type
)
8727 and then not Has_Biased_Representation
(Target_Type
)
8728 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Operand_Type
)
8729 and then not Has_Biased_Representation
(Operand_Type
)
8730 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Operand
)
8731 and then not Kill_Range_Check
(N
)
8734 Val
: constant Uint
:= Expr_Value
(Operand
);
8737 if Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Target_Type
))
8739 Compile_Time_Known_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Target_Type
))
8741 Val
>= Expr_Value
(Type_Low_Bound
(Target_Type
))
8743 Val
<= Expr_Value
(Type_High_Bound
(Target_Type
))
8745 Rewrite
(N
, Make_Integer_Literal
(Sloc
(N
), Val
));
8747 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
8748 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
8751 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address
(Target_Type
) then
8752 Set_Etype
(N
, Target_Type
);
8754 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Target_Type
);
8762 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8764 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
(N
) then
8768 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8769 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8771 if Assignment_OK
(N
) then
8774 Force_Evaluation
(N
);
8776 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
;
8778 ----------------------------
8779 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8780 ----------------------------
8782 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8784 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8786 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8787 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8789 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8791 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8792 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8793 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8794 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8796 function Expand_Record_Equality
8801 Bodies
: List_Id
) return Node_Id
8803 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
8808 First_Time
: Boolean := True;
8810 function Suitable_Element
(C
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
;
8811 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8812 -- inherited components.
8814 ----------------------
8815 -- Suitable_Element --
8816 ----------------------
8818 function Suitable_Element
(C
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
is
8823 elsif Ekind
(C
) /= E_Discriminant
8824 and then Ekind
(C
) /= E_Component
8826 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
8828 elsif Is_Tagged_Type
(Typ
)
8829 and then C
/= Original_Record_Component
(C
)
8831 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
8833 elsif Chars
(C
) = Name_uController
8834 or else Chars
(C
) = Name_uTag
8836 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
8838 elsif Is_Interface
(Etype
(C
)) then
8839 return Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
8844 end Suitable_Element
;
8846 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8849 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8850 -- component C2 is also a record)
8853 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8854 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8855 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8857 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8859 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
);
8860 C
:= Suitable_Element
(First_Entity
(Typ
));
8862 while Present
(C
) loop
8870 First_Time
:= False;
8874 New_Lhs
:= New_Copy_Tree
(Lhs
);
8875 New_Rhs
:= New_Copy_Tree
(Rhs
);
8879 Expand_Composite_Equality
(Nod
, Etype
(C
),
8881 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
8883 Selector_Name
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
)),
8885 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
8887 Selector_Name
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
)),
8890 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8891 -- operation will raise program error.
8893 if Nkind
(Check
) = N_Raise_Program_Error
then
8895 Set_Etype
(Result
, Standard_Boolean
);
8900 Left_Opnd
=> Result
,
8901 Right_Opnd
=> Check
);
8905 C
:= Suitable_Element
(Next_Entity
(C
));
8909 end Expand_Record_Equality
;
8911 -------------------------------------
8912 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
8913 -------------------------------------
8915 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
(N
: Node_Id
) is
8916 Conv
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
8919 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
8921 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(Conv
) = N_Type_Conversion
);
8923 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
8924 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
8925 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
8926 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
8928 if Nkind
(Parent
(Conv
)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8929 and then Attribute_Name
(Parent
(Conv
)) = Name_Round
8931 Set_Etype
(N
, Etype
(Parent
(Conv
)));
8932 Set_Rounded_Result
(N
);
8934 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
8937 Set_Etype
(N
, Etype
(Conv
));
8939 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation
;
8941 ------------------------------
8942 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
8943 ------------------------------
8945 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
8948 PtrT
: Entity_Id
) return Entity_Id
8950 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
8952 Owner
: Entity_Id
:= PtrT
;
8953 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
8954 -- allocated object.
8957 if Ekind
(PtrT
) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
then
8959 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
8960 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
8961 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
8962 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
8963 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
8964 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
8965 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
8966 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
8967 -- anonymous access result type. We freeze the type at once to
8968 -- ensure that it is properly decorated for the back-end, even
8969 -- if the context and current scope is a loop.
8971 if Nkind
(Associated_Node_For_Itype
(PtrT
))
8972 in N_Subprogram_Specification
8975 Etype
(Defining_Unit_Name
(Associated_Node_For_Itype
(PtrT
)))
8977 Owner
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('J'));
8979 Make_Full_Type_Declaration
(Loc
,
8980 Defining_Identifier
=> Owner
,
8982 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition
(Loc
,
8983 Subtype_Indication
=>
8984 New_Occurrence_Of
(T
, Loc
))));
8986 Freeze_Before
(N
, Owner
);
8987 Build_Final_List
(N
, Owner
);
8988 Set_Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
, Associated_Final_Chain
(Owner
));
8990 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
8991 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
8992 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
8993 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
8996 elsif Nkind
(Associated_Node_For_Itype
(PtrT
)) = N_Object_Declaration
8997 and then Ekind
(Scope
(PtrT
)) = E_Return_Statement
8999 Owner
:= Scope
(Return_Applies_To
(Scope
(PtrT
)));
9001 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005), of an anonymous
9002 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
9003 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
9004 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
9005 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
9006 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
9008 elsif No
(Associated_Final_Chain
(PtrT
)) then
9009 Owner
:= Scope
(PtrT
);
9013 return Find_Final_List
(Owner
);
9014 end Get_Allocator_Final_List
;
9016 ---------------------------------
9017 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
9018 ---------------------------------
9020 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9022 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
9023 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
9024 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
9026 --------------------------------
9027 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
9028 --------------------------------
9030 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9031 Sel_Comp
: Node_Id
:= N
;
9034 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
9036 while Present
(Parent
(Sel_Comp
))
9037 and then Nkind
(Parent
(Sel_Comp
)) = N_Selected_Component
9039 Sel_Comp
:= Parent
(Sel_Comp
);
9042 return Ekind
(Entity
(Prefix
(Sel_Comp
))) in Formal_Kind
;
9043 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
;
9045 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
9048 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
9049 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
9051 if Nkind_In
(N
, N_Identifier
, N_Indexed_Component
) then
9052 return Is_Unchecked_Union
(Base_Type
(Etype
(N
)))
9054 Is_Constrained
(Etype
(N
));
9056 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
9057 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
9058 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
9061 elsif Nkind
(N
) = N_Selected_Component
then
9062 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint
(Entity
(Selector_Name
(N
))) then
9064 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
9065 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
9066 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
9068 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter
(N
) then
9072 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
9074 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Prefix
(N
))
9076 Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Selector_Name
(N
));
9079 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
9080 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
9082 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants
(Selector_Name
(N
));
9084 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
9085 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
9087 elsif Nkind
(N
) = N_Qualified_Expression
then
9088 return Is_Unchecked_Union
(Subtype_Mark
(N
))
9090 Is_Constrained
(Subtype_Mark
(N
));
9095 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants
;
9097 -------------------------------
9098 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
9099 -------------------------------
9101 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action
(N
: Node_Id
) is
9102 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
9103 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
9104 Pool
: constant Entity_Id
:= Associated_Storage_Pool
(Typ
);
9105 Pnod
: constant Node_Id
:= Parent
(N
);
9107 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
(P
: Entity_Id
) return Boolean;
9108 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
9110 -----------------------------
9111 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
9112 -----------------------------
9114 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
(P
: Entity_Id
) return Boolean is
9123 while T
/= Etype
(T
) loop
9124 if Is_RTE
(T
, RE_Checked_Pool
) then
9132 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
;
9134 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
9137 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(Pnod
) = N_Explicit_Dereference
);
9139 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool
(Pool
)
9140 and then Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(Pnod
)))
9146 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement
(Loc
,
9147 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(
9148 Find_Prim_Op
(Etype
(Pool
), Name_Dereference
), Loc
),
9150 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
9154 New_Reference_To
(Pool
, Loc
),
9156 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
9157 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
9158 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
9159 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
9162 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9163 Prefix
=> Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(N
),
9164 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Pool_Address
),
9166 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
9168 Make_Op_Divide
(Loc
,
9170 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9172 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
9173 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(N
)),
9174 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Size
),
9176 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, System_Storage_Unit
)),
9180 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9182 Make_Explicit_Dereference
(Loc
,
9183 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks
(N
)),
9184 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Alignment
))));
9187 when RE_Not_Available
=>
9189 end Insert_Dereference_Action
;
9191 --------------------------------
9192 -- Integer_Promotion_Possible --
9193 --------------------------------
9195 function Integer_Promotion_Possible
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9196 Operand
: constant Node_Id
:= Expression
(N
);
9197 Operand_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(Operand
);
9198 Root_Operand_Type
: constant Entity_Id
:= Root_Type
(Operand_Type
);
9201 pragma Assert
(Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
);
9205 -- We only do the transformation for source constructs. We assume
9206 -- that the expander knows what it is doing when it generates code.
9208 Comes_From_Source
(N
)
9210 -- If the operand type is Short_Integer or Short_Short_Integer,
9211 -- then we will promote to Integer, which is available on all
9212 -- targets, and is sufficient to ensure no intermediate overflow.
9213 -- Furthermore it is likely to be as efficient or more efficient
9214 -- than using the smaller type for the computation so we do this
9218 (Root_Operand_Type
= Base_Type
(Standard_Short_Integer
)
9220 Root_Operand_Type
= Base_Type
(Standard_Short_Short_Integer
))
9222 -- Test for interesting operation, which includes addition,
9223 -- division, exponentiation, multiplication, subtraction, absolute
9224 -- value and unary negation. Unary "+" is omitted since it is a
9225 -- no-op and thus can't overflow.
9227 and then Nkind_In
(Operand
, N_Op_Abs
,
9234 end Integer_Promotion_Possible
;
9236 ------------------------------
9237 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
9238 ------------------------------
9240 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
9243 -- type elem is (<>);
9244 -- type index is (<>);
9245 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
9247 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
9248 -- J : index := Y'first;
9251 -- if X'length = 0 then
9254 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9258 -- for I in X'range loop
9259 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9260 -- if J = Y'last then
9263 -- J := index'succ (J);
9267 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9271 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9275 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
9276 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
9277 -- instantiated function itself.
9279 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
9281 Nod
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
9283 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(Nod
);
9285 X
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uX
);
9286 Y
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uY
);
9287 I
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uI
);
9288 J
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uJ
);
9290 Index
: constant Entity_Id
:= Base_Type
(Etype
(First_Index
(Typ
)));
9292 Loop_Statement
: Node_Id
;
9293 Loop_Body
: Node_Id
;
9296 Final_Expr
: Node_Id
;
9297 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
9298 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
9304 -- if J = Y'last then
9307 -- J := index'succ (J);
9311 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
9314 Left_Opnd
=> New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
),
9316 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9317 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9318 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Last
)),
9320 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(
9321 Make_Exit_Statement
(Loc
)),
9325 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
9326 Name
=> New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
),
9328 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9329 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Index
, Loc
),
9330 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Succ
,
9331 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
))))));
9333 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9336 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9340 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
9344 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9345 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9346 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(I
, Loc
))),
9349 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9350 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9351 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)))),
9353 Then_Statements
=> New_List
(Inner_If
),
9355 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
9356 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9360 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9361 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9362 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(I
, Loc
))),
9365 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9366 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9367 Expressions
=> New_List
(
9368 New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)))))));
9370 -- for I in X'range loop
9375 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(Nod
,
9376 Identifier
=> Empty
,
9379 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
9380 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
9381 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9382 Defining_Identifier
=> I
,
9383 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
9384 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9385 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9386 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Range
))),
9388 Statements
=> New_List
(Loop_Body
));
9390 -- if X'length = 0 then
9392 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9395 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
9396 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9400 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9401 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9402 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
);
9405 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9406 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9407 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
);
9411 Left_Opnd
=> Length1
,
9412 Right_Opnd
=> Length2
);
9415 Make_Implicit_If_Statement
(Nod
,
9419 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9420 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(X
, Loc
),
9421 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
),
9423 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
9427 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9428 Expression
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
))),
9430 Elsif_Parts
=> New_List
(
9431 Make_Elsif_Part
(Loc
,
9435 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9436 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9437 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Length
),
9439 Make_Integer_Literal
(Loc
, 0)),
9443 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9444 Expression
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
))))),
9446 Else_Statements
=> New_List
(
9448 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9449 Expression
=> Final_Expr
)));
9453 Formals
:= New_List
(
9454 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9455 Defining_Identifier
=> X
,
9456 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
9458 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9459 Defining_Identifier
=> Y
,
9460 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)));
9462 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
9463 -- J : index := Y'first;
9468 Func_Name
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('G'));
9471 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
9473 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
9474 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
9475 Parameter_Specifications
=> Formals
,
9476 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Standard_Boolean
, Loc
)),
9478 Declarations
=> New_List
(
9479 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
9480 Defining_Identifier
=> J
,
9481 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Index
, Loc
),
9483 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9484 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(Y
, Loc
),
9485 Attribute_Name
=> Name_First
))),
9487 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
9488 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
9489 Statements
=> New_List
(If_Stat
)));
9492 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op
;
9494 ---------------------------
9495 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
9496 ---------------------------
9498 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
9499 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
9501 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
9504 -- for J in A'range loop
9505 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
9510 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
9512 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
9514 N
: Node_Id
) return Node_Id
9516 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
9518 A
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uA
);
9519 B
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uB
);
9520 C
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uC
);
9521 J
: constant Entity_Id
:= Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, Name_uJ
);
9529 Func_Name
: Entity_Id
;
9530 Func_Body
: Node_Id
;
9531 Loop_Statement
: Node_Id
;
9535 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9536 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(A
, Loc
),
9537 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
9540 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9541 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(B
, Loc
),
9542 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
9545 Make_Indexed_Component
(Loc
,
9546 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
),
9547 Expressions
=> New_List
(New_Reference_To
(J
, Loc
)));
9549 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_And
then
9555 elsif Nkind
(N
) = N_Op_Or
then
9569 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement
(N
,
9570 Identifier
=> Empty
,
9573 Make_Iteration_Scheme
(Loc
,
9574 Loop_Parameter_Specification
=>
9575 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9576 Defining_Identifier
=> J
,
9577 Discrete_Subtype_Definition
=>
9578 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9579 Prefix
=> New_Reference_To
(A
, Loc
),
9580 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Range
))),
9582 Statements
=> New_List
(
9583 Make_Assignment_Statement
(Loc
,
9585 Expression
=> Op
)));
9587 Formals
:= New_List
(
9588 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9589 Defining_Identifier
=> A
,
9590 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
9592 Make_Parameter_Specification
(Loc
,
9593 Defining_Identifier
=> B
,
9594 Parameter_Type
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)));
9597 Make_Defining_Identifier
(Loc
, New_Internal_Name
('A'));
9598 Set_Is_Inlined
(Func_Name
);
9601 Make_Subprogram_Body
(Loc
,
9603 Make_Function_Specification
(Loc
,
9604 Defining_Unit_Name
=> Func_Name
,
9605 Parameter_Specifications
=> Formals
,
9606 Result_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
)),
9608 Declarations
=> New_List
(
9609 Make_Object_Declaration
(Loc
,
9610 Defining_Identifier
=> C
,
9611 Object_Definition
=> New_Reference_To
(Typ
, Loc
))),
9613 Handled_Statement_Sequence
=>
9614 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements
(Loc
,
9615 Statements
=> New_List
(
9617 Make_Simple_Return_Statement
(Loc
,
9618 Expression
=> New_Reference_To
(C
, Loc
)))));
9621 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op
;
9623 ------------------------
9624 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
9625 ------------------------
9627 procedure Rewrite_Comparison
(N
: Node_Id
) is
9628 Warning_Generated
: Boolean := False;
9629 -- Set to True if first pass with Assume_Valid generates a warning in
9630 -- which case we skip the second pass to avoid warning overloaded.
9633 -- Set to Standard_True or Standard_False
9636 if Nkind
(N
) = N_Type_Conversion
then
9637 Rewrite_Comparison
(Expression
(N
));
9640 elsif Nkind
(N
) not in N_Op_Compare
then
9644 -- Now start looking at the comparison in detail. We potentially go
9645 -- through this loop twice. The first time, Assume_Valid is set False
9646 -- in the call to Compile_Time_Compare. If this call results in a
9647 -- clear result of always True or Always False, that's decisive and
9648 -- we are done. Otherwise we repeat the processing with Assume_Valid
9649 -- set to True to generate additional warnings. We can stil that step
9650 -- if Constant_Condition_Warnings is False.
9652 for AV
in False .. True loop
9654 Typ
: constant Entity_Id
:= Etype
(N
);
9655 Op1
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
9656 Op2
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
9658 Res
: constant Compare_Result
:=
9659 Compile_Time_Compare
(Op1
, Op2
, Assume_Valid
=> AV
);
9660 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
9662 True_Result
: Boolean;
9663 False_Result
: Boolean;
9666 case N_Op_Compare
(Nkind
(N
)) is
9668 True_Result
:= Res
= EQ
;
9669 False_Result
:= Res
= LT
or else Res
= GT
or else Res
= NE
;
9672 True_Result
:= Res
in Compare_GE
;
9673 False_Result
:= Res
= LT
;
9676 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9677 and then Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(N
))
9678 and then Nkind
(Original_Node
(N
)) = N_Op_Ge
9679 and then not In_Instance
9680 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
9681 and then not Has_Warnings_Off
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
9684 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N
);
9685 Warning_Generated
:= True;
9689 True_Result
:= Res
= GT
;
9690 False_Result
:= Res
in Compare_LE
;
9693 True_Result
:= Res
= LT
;
9694 False_Result
:= Res
in Compare_GE
;
9697 True_Result
:= Res
in Compare_LE
;
9698 False_Result
:= Res
= GT
;
9701 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9702 and then Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(N
))
9703 and then Nkind
(Original_Node
(N
)) = N_Op_Le
9704 and then not In_Instance
9705 and then Is_Integer_Type
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
9706 and then not Has_Warnings_Off
(Etype
(Left_Opnd
(N
)))
9709 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N
);
9710 Warning_Generated
:= True;
9714 True_Result
:= Res
= NE
or else Res
= GT
or else Res
= LT
;
9715 False_Result
:= Res
= EQ
;
9718 -- If this is the first iteration, then we actually convert the
9719 -- comparison into True or False, if the result is certain.
9722 if True_Result
or False_Result
then
9724 Result
:= Standard_True
;
9726 Result
:= Standard_False
;
9731 New_Occurrence_Of
(Result
, Sloc
(N
))));
9732 Analyze_And_Resolve
(N
, Typ
);
9733 Warn_On_Known_Condition
(N
);
9737 -- If this is the second iteration (AV = True), and the original
9738 -- node comes from source and we are not in an instance, then
9739 -- give a warning if we know result would be True or False. Note
9740 -- we know Constant_Condition_Warnings is set if we get here.
9742 elsif Comes_From_Source
(Original_Node
(N
))
9743 and then not In_Instance
9747 ("condition can only be False if invalid values present?",
9749 elsif False_Result
then
9751 ("condition can only be True if invalid values present?",
9757 -- Skip second iteration if not warning on constant conditions or
9758 -- if the first iteration already generated a warning of some kind
9759 -- or if we are in any case assuming all values are valid (so that
9760 -- the first iteration took care of the valid case).
9762 exit when not Constant_Condition_Warnings
;
9763 exit when Warning_Generated
;
9764 exit when Assume_No_Invalid_Values
;
9766 end Rewrite_Comparison
;
9768 ----------------------------
9769 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
9770 ----------------------------
9772 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9775 Op2
: Node_Id
) return Boolean
9779 function Is_Safe_Operand
(Op
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
9780 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
9781 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
9782 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
9784 function Is_Unaliased
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean;
9785 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
9791 function Is_Unaliased
(N
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9795 and then No
(Address_Clause
(Entity
(N
)))
9796 and then No
(Renamed_Object
(Entity
(N
)));
9799 ---------------------
9800 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
9801 ---------------------
9803 function Is_Safe_Operand
(Op
: Node_Id
) return Boolean is
9808 elsif Is_Entity_Name
(Op
) then
9809 return Is_Unaliased
(Op
);
9811 elsif Nkind_In
(Op
, N_Indexed_Component
, N_Selected_Component
) then
9812 return Is_Unaliased
(Prefix
(Op
));
9814 elsif Nkind
(Op
) = N_Slice
then
9816 Is_Unaliased
(Prefix
(Op
))
9817 and then Entity
(Prefix
(Op
)) /= Target
;
9819 elsif Nkind
(Op
) = N_Op_Not
then
9820 return Is_Safe_Operand
(Right_Opnd
(Op
));
9825 end Is_Safe_Operand
;
9827 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9830 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
9831 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
9833 if Component_Size
(Etype
(Lhs
)) /= System_Storage_Unit
then
9836 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
9838 elsif VM_Target
/= No_VM
then
9841 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
9843 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep
(Component_Type
(Etype
(Lhs
))) then
9846 elsif not Is_Unaliased
(Lhs
) then
9849 Target
:= Entity
(Lhs
);
9852 Is_Safe_Operand
(Op1
)
9853 and then Is_Safe_Operand
(Op2
);
9855 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
;
9857 -----------------------
9858 -- Tagged_Membership --
9859 -----------------------
9861 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
9862 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
9863 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
9865 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
9867 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
9868 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
9869 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9871 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
9872 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
9873 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
9874 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9876 procedure Tagged_Membership
9878 SCIL_Node
: out Node_Id
;
9879 Result
: out Node_Id
)
9881 Left
: constant Node_Id
:= Left_Opnd
(N
);
9882 Right
: constant Node_Id
:= Right_Opnd
(N
);
9883 Loc
: constant Source_Ptr
:= Sloc
(N
);
9885 Left_Type
: Entity_Id
;
9887 Right_Type
: Entity_Id
;
9893 -- Handle entities from the limited view
9895 Left_Type
:= Available_View
(Etype
(Left
));
9896 Right_Type
:= Available_View
(Etype
(Right
));
9898 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Left_Type
) then
9899 Left_Type
:= Root_Type
(Left_Type
);
9903 Make_Selected_Component
(Loc
,
9904 Prefix
=> Relocate_Node
(Left
),
9906 New_Reference_To
(First_Tag_Component
(Left_Type
), Loc
));
9908 if Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Right_Type
) then
9910 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
9911 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
9912 -- considering the following declarations:
9914 -- type Iface is interface;
9915 -- type T is tagged null record;
9916 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
9921 -- These membership tests are always true:
9925 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
9927 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
9930 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
9931 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
9933 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type
(Left_Type
)
9934 and then (Is_Ancestor
(Etype
(Right_Type
), Left_Type
)
9935 or else (Is_Interface
(Etype
(Right_Type
))
9936 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
9938 Iface
=> Etype
(Right_Type
))))
9940 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Standard_True
, Loc
);
9944 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
9946 if Is_Interface
(Etype
(Class_Wide_Type
(Right_Type
)))
9948 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
9950 or else Is_Interface
(Left_Type
)
9952 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
9953 -- configurable run time setting.
9955 if not RTE_Available
(RE_IW_Membership
) then
9957 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N
);
9963 Make_Function_Call
(Loc
,
9964 Name
=> New_Occurrence_Of
(RTE
(RE_IW_Membership
), Loc
),
9965 Parameter_Associations
=> New_List
(
9966 Make_Attribute_Reference
(Loc
,
9968 Attribute_Name
=> Name_Address
),
9971 (Access_Disp_Table
(Root_Type
(Right_Type
)))),
9974 -- Ada 95: Normal case
9977 Build_CW_Membership
(Loc
,
9978 Obj_Tag_Node
=> Obj_Tag
,
9982 (Access_Disp_Table
(Root_Type
(Right_Type
)))),
9985 New_Node
=> New_Node
);
9987 -- Generate the SCIL node for this class-wide membership test.
9988 -- Done here because the previous call to Build_CW_Membership
9989 -- relocates Obj_Tag.
9991 if Generate_SCIL
then
9992 SCIL_Node
:= Make_SCIL_Membership_Test
(Sloc
(N
));
9993 Set_SCIL_Entity
(SCIL_Node
, Etype
(Right_Type
));
9994 Set_SCIL_Tag_Value
(SCIL_Node
, Obj_Tag
);
10000 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
10003 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
10005 if Is_Abstract_Type
(Right_Type
) then
10006 Result
:= New_Reference_To
(Standard_False
, Loc
);
10011 Left_Opnd
=> Obj_Tag
,
10014 (Node
(First_Elmt
(Access_Disp_Table
(Right_Type
))), Loc
));
10017 end Tagged_Membership
;
10019 ------------------------------
10020 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
10021 ------------------------------
10023 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
(N
: Node_Id
) is
10025 if Validity_Checks_On
and Validity_Check_Operands
then
10026 Ensure_Valid
(Right_Opnd
(N
));
10028 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks
;